The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About20 038 Queen Street Bridge Reconstruction (Finnbilt General Contracting Limited) Tender Acceptance By-law THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE �yKBTy • is ," c91LITYc:111 o BY-LAW NO. 2020 - 038 BEING A BY-LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER FOR THE QUEEN STREET BRIDGE RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. BR236B (Finnbilt General Contracting Limited) WHEREAS Section 44 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25, as amended, provides that a municipality has jurisdiction over a highway or bridge shall keep it in a state of repair that is reasonable in the circumstances; • AND WHEREAS pursuant to the said Municipal Act, Section 8 (1) and 9 provide that the powers of a municipality under this or any other Act shall be interpreted broadly so as to confer broad authority on the municipality to enable the municipality to govern its affairs as it considers appropriate and to enhance the municipality's ability to respond to municipal issues and has the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person for the purpose of exercising its authority under this or any other Act; AND WHEREAS it has been determined that there is a need for the reconstruction of the Queen Street Bridge per Report No. Public Works 2020-06; NOW THEREFORE the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine ENACTS as follows: 1. That the tender of Finnbilt General Contracting Limited for the Queen Street Bridge Reconstruction Contract No. BR236B, in the amount of $2,645,989.38 (including the non-refundable portion of HST), be hereby accepted as per the tender agreement attached hereto as Schedule "A". • 2. That Staff be authorized to negotiate under Policy GG.2.17, Section 17.4 as required for this contract. 3. That the Mayor and Chief Administrative Officer be authorized and directed to execute, on behalf of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine, any contracts and other documents required to authorize such work to commence. 4. This by-law shall come into full force and effect upon its final passage. 5. This by-law may be cited as the "Queen Street Bridge Reconstruction (Finnbilt General Contracting Limited) Tender Acceptance By-law". READ a FIRST and SECOND TIME this 2nd day of March, 2020. READ a THIRD TIME and FINALLY PASSED this 2nd day of March, 2020. C /41 �. • im Mayor Clerk 1 r This is Schedule "I."to By-Law No.2020-038 passed the Z day of �'1a rch 20 2 0 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE REPAIRS TO STRUCTURE 2201 ON 1 QUEEN STREET, KINCARDINE CONTRACT NO. BR236B ADDENDUM NO. 1 Plan takers shall note the following: ' 1. As noted under Item 1-1,2-1,6-1 Lump Sum for Mobilization,Demobilization,and Other Requirements,the contractor may use 225 m2 of space in the parking areas for Geddes Park and Wildfang Park to store equipment and materials. However, all materials ' shall be stored at an elevation exceeding 179.0 m to be well above the anticipated high water level. ' 2. As noted under Item 1-2,Traffic Control—Road and Sidewalks Closed to Vehicles and Pedestrian Traffic, all barricades and signs shall be fitted with at least two amber flashing lights at night. ' 3. The specification for Item 1-14 Pedestrian Traffic Control Measures for Access across Bridge Deck shall be as follows: ' If approved by the Municipality, under this item, the Contractor shall put measures into place to allow pedestrians to safely cross the bridge deck. ' At least two weeks prior to closing the road the Contractor shall submit a plan showing the proposed measures. ' As a minimum the following is required: • A slip resistant walking surface that spans removal areas with a minimum 1.5 m clear width. • Minimum 1.8 m high barrier on the construction side of the walking surface to protect ' pedestrians from airborne debris. • Minimum 1.2 m high side rails • Ramping at each end with a gradient not exceeding 1 Vertical: 24 Horizontal. ' • Signage indicating that pedestrians are to stay inside the pedestrian area. The selection of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for ' traffic control for the project. 4. Under Item 2-2,Traffic Control road and Sidewalks Closed to Vehicles and Pedestrian Traffic The Contractor shall include the cost to close the walking trail below the north span of the ' bridge to pedestrian traffic and provide TC-7 (120 cm x 120 cm), with a"TRAIL CLOSED" tab sign on each side of the bridge. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Measures for Approaches The specification for Item 2-17 Pedestrian Traffic Controle to ' Bridge shall be as follows: If approved by the Municipality, under this item, the Contractor shall put measures into place to allow pedestrians to safely access the bridge deck. ' At least two weeks prior to closing the road the Contractor shall submit a plan showing the proposed measures. ' As a minimum the following is required: • Minimum 1.5 m wide pedestrian paths from the project limits to the bridge deck. It is ' anticipated that the path will have to change location throughout the project. A hard surface (existing asphalt, concrete sidewalk, etc.) is preferred for as long as practical. Platforms and railings are not required for the approaches to the bridge accept if ' pedestrians will have to cross excavations of any depth. The gradient shall not exceed 1 Vertical: 24 Horizontal. • Minimum 1.5 m wide pedestrian path on the trail underneath the north span of the bridge. The system shall be designed to protect pedestrians from falling debris under the shadow of the bridge. The existing railing between the path and the channel shall ' be left in place, unless a new temporary railing is installed. • Provide Signage indicating that pedestrians are to stay inside the pedestrian area. ' The Contractor shall include any additional costs to maintain pedestrian access to the Wildfang Park and to Geddes park under this item. ' The selection of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for traffic control for the project. ' B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street ' Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 Fax: (519) 524-4403 www.bmross.net ' February 7, 2020 ' Contractor's Signature Date (Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE ' REPAIRS TO STRUCTURE 2201 ON QUEEN STREET, KINCARDINE ' CONTRACT NO. BR236B � (1' BMROSS engineering better communities i 1 MI MN NM 1 = NM MO - r r M r M = = M M r ME I I I I I I I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE I REPAIRS TO STRUCTURE 2201 i ON QUEEN STREET, KINCARDINE I CONTRACT NO. BR236B I I I 1 I 1 I I I 1 1 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE REPAIRS TO STRUCTURE 2201 ON QUEEN STREET,KINCARDINE CONTRACT NO.BR236B 1 INDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 Description Page 1 Information to Bidders IB-1 —IB-5 Tender 1 Form of Tender T-1 —T-9 T-A&T-B Statement re Sub-Contractors Agreement to Bond Schedule of Plans, Specifications,General Conditions & Standards Index to Special Provisions ' Special Provisions SP-1 to SP-52 Supplemental General Conditions Pages 1-6 General Conditions—OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2019 Agreement A-1-A-4 1 Municipality of KincardineCorporate Statement Occupational Health & Safety Pages 1 &2 Contract Release Statutory Declaration Re: Liens,Liabilities &Payment of Accounts Standards IAppendix A—Proposed Temporary Water Connections 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 r INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 1 I I 1 1 1 I I 1 Y:\Project Mgmt ResourcesWorms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\IB's Rev 19Jan23.docx I 1 t INDEX TO INFORMATION TO BIDDERS(January 2019) 1 1) Date and Place for Receiving Tenders IB-1 2) Tender Deposit IB-1 3) Submission of Tender IB-1 4) Clarification IB-2 5) Withdrawal of Tender IB-2 6) Disqualification of Tender IB-2 7) Tender Award IB-2 8) Form of Agreement 1B-3 9) Competency of Bidders IB-3 10) Completion Date and Liquidated Damages IB-3 11) Taxes IB-4 12) Bribery IB-4 13) Ontario Provincial Standards IB-5 14) Guaranteed Maintenance IB-5 15) Freedom of Information IB-5 , 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 IB-1 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS I 1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS: Tenders will be received by: Clerk's Department, Attn: Adam Weishar,Director of Public Works Municipality of Kincardine ' 1475 Concession 5,RR5 Kincardine,ON N2Z 2X6 until 11:59:59 a.m.(local time),Wednesday,February 19,2020 as stated in the official tender call advertisement. 2) TENDER DEPOSIT: 111 Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a certified cheque or bid bond payable to: Municipality of Kincardine for the amount of: ' One Hundred and Forty Thousand Dollars($140,000). 1 This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract,the bidder will execute and enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will furnish the security required to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this contract. The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is awarded shall be forfeited should the bidder fail to execute a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds,referred to hereafter,within ten(10)days after receiving written notice from the Contract Administrator of the award of the contract. ' The deposits of the two lowest bidders shall be retained until execution of the contract.Deposits of all other bidders shall be returned within 30 days of closing by letter,either with the certified cheque being attached or stating that the bid bond is no longer required.The successful bidder's bid deposit will be returned once the Contract and the bonding are in place. 3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER: a) Form of Tender: Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum and/or unit prices for the work,and the total tender shall be described in both words and figures.Bidders will be required to add Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)on the tender form in the space provided.The tender shall be signed by the bidder on page T-B of the Form of Tender and delivered in a sealed,opaque envelope, clearly marked TENDER. IB-2 111 b) Statement re Sub-Contractors: The page titled"STATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS", included in the contract documents shall be completed and submitted as part of the tender by each bidder. This shall include a list of proposed Sub-Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The value of work sublet shall not exceed 50%of the total work to any one subcontractor without written authorization of the Contract Administrator. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid. c) Agreement to Bond: t Bidders must have the"Agreement to Bond"forms,or equivalent,of this contract completed by their 111bonding company,and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid. 4) CLARIFICATION: Any details in question on this tender or in the accompanying plans shall be clarified by the bidder prior to submitting the bid. The unit prices as tendered shall include the supply of all permits,labour, equipment,and materials except where noted that are necessary to complete the contract. For technical questions related to tender documents,please contact: Ryan Munn,Project Manager B.M.Ross and Associates Limited Engineers and Planners Ph: (519)524-2641 Fax: (519)524-4403 rmunn@bmross.net Questions shall be provided in writing no later than five(5)calendar days before the closing date. ' 5) WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER: A bidder will be allowed to withdraw their tender unopened after it has been deposited if such request is received in writing prior to the time specified for the closing of tenders. 6) DISQUALIFICATION OF TENDER: I Tenders will not be considered where: a) They are received after the official closing time stated in lB-1). b) They are not properly executed,and the associated documentation is not complete. c) They are not accompanied by the specified tender deposit. d) They are submitted by fax or any electronic means. e) They contain irregularities as described in the municipal procurement policy More than one tender from an individual,firm,partnership or association under the same or different names will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for rejection of all tenders so affected. 7) TENDER AWARD: I Bidders are notified that any unbalanced items,errors,or omissions in the tender may render the tender invalid. I I 1 IB-3 Contractors are notified that each tender shall continue open to award by the Owner until the formal 1 contract is executed by the successful bidder or until at least thirty(30)days after the tender closing date, whichever occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period,without notice,award this tender whether any other tender had been previously awarded or not. Procurement is subject to Chapter 506 of the Canadian Free Trade Agreement(CFTA). The lowest price bid or any bid will not necessarily be awarded. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all tenders and to award to other than the lowest bidder as the interests of the Owner may require. 8) FORM OF AGREEMENT: It is not necessary to complete the"Agreement"when submitting your tender,but the successful bidder shall be required to complete the form upon notification of the award of the contract. 9) COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: Bidders and Sub-Contractors must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon. They may be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work,list of machinery available for the proposed work,and such statements of their financial resources as may be deemed necessary. 10) COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: a) Time: Time shall be the essence of this agreement. b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion: The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by: October 9,2020. ' The road shall be open to two(2)lanes of traffic by September 16,2020. If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift basis,it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure that the work will be completed within the time limit ' specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. If the Contractor is delayed in the completion of the work, 1) by reason of changes or alterations made under Section GC3.07 of the General Conditions; 2) by reason of any breach of contract or prevention by the Owner or other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 3) by reason of delay by the Owner issuing instructions or information or in delivering materials; l 4) by any other act or neglect of the Owner or any other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 5) for any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor; or 6) by Acts of God,or of the Public Enemy,Acts of the Province or of any Foreign State,Fire,Floods, Epidemics,Quarantine Restrictions,Embargoes or delays of Sub-Contractors due to such causes, I 1 IB-4 1 the time of completion shall be extended in writing at any time on such terms and for such period as shall be determined by the Contract Administrator, and notwithstanding such extensions,time shall continue to be deemed of the essence of this contract. An application by the Contractor for an extension of time as herein provided shall be made to the Owner in writing at least fifteen(15)days prior to the date of completion fixed by the contract. All bonds or other surety furnished to the Owner by the Contractor shall be amended where necessary at the expense of the Contractor to provide coverage beyond the date of any extension of time granted,and the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with evidence of such amendment of the bonds or other surety. Any extension of time that may be granted to the Contractor shall be so granted and accepted without prejudice to any rights of the Owner whatsoever under this contract,and all such rights shall continue in full force and effect after the time limited in this contract for the completion of the work and whenever in this contract power and authority is given to the Owner or the Contract Administrator or any person to take any action consequent upon the act,default,breach,neglect,delay,non-observance or I non-performance by the Contractor in respect of the work or contract,or any portion thereof,such powers or authorities may be exercised from time to time and not only in the event of the happening of such contingencies before the time limited in this contract for the completion of the work but also in the event of the same happening after the time so limited in the case of the Contractor being permitted to proceed with the execution of the work under an extension of time granted by the Contract Administrator. c) Liquidated Damages: , It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract is not finished or completed within the date of completion,damages will be sustained by the Owner,and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay and the parties hereto agree that the Contractor will pay to the Owner the sum of One Thousand Dollars($1,000.00)per day for liquidated damages for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work beyond the date of completion prescribed,and it is agreed that this amount is an estimate of actual damage to the Owner which will accrue during the period in excess of the prescribed date of completion. ' The Owner may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or payable to the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy,action or other alternative that may be available to the Owner. 11) TAXES: , Harmonized Sales Tax(HST): The 13 %Harmonized Sales Tax will be paid on all Work performed within the contract. It will be listed as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on fmal payment in accordance with the final contract price. 12) BRIBERY: Should the Contractor or any of their agents give or offer any gratuity to or attempt to bribe any officer or servant of the Owner,the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the contract forthwith or to direct the Contract Administrator to take the whole or any part of the works out of the hands of the Contractor. Bribery shall be considered as non-fulfilment of the contract by the Contractor. 111 I 1 IB-5 13) ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS: Bidders are hereby advised that the Ontario Provincial Standards apply to this contract and are to be used where applicable. Bidders are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the latest revisions of the Ontario Provincial Standards. 14) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE: 3 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 24 months following the date of completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract.This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies. IThe maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990,c.C.30. The holdback will be retained by the Owner,commencing during the latter part of the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%complete. No alternate forms of security will be considered. 1 15) FREEDOM OF INFORMATION: Any personal information required on the Tender Form is received under the authority of the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, 1989,RSO, 1990. This information will be an integral component of the bid submission. ' All tenders submitted to the Owner becomes the property of the Owner and as such, are subject to the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act. Bidders may mark any part of their Tender as confidential except for the total Contract price and the Bidder's name. The Owner will use its ' best efforts not to disclose any information so marked but shall not be liable to a bidder where information is disclosed by virtue of an order of the Privacy Commissioner or otherwise as required by law.Upon award,the Owner may release the name of the successful bidder,the name and telephone number of the contact person and the total bid price of the successful bidder. Questions about collection of personal information under the Municipal Freedom of Information and 1 Protection of Privacy Act, 1989,R.S.O. 1990,Chapter M.56,as amended, should be directed to: Donna MacDougall,Clerk Idmacdougall@kincardine.ca or by phone at(519)-396-3468 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I TA FORM OF TENDER MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE REPAIRS TO STRUCTURE 2201 ON QUEEN STREET,KINCARDINE CONTRACT NO.BR236B Tender by Finnbilt General Contracting Limited Iresiding at 3785 Line 29, RR2 Stratford, ON N5A 6S3 a company duly incorporated under the laws of Ontario and having its head office at Stratford, ON Ihereinafter called the "Bidder" To --Municipality of Kincardine I/We Glenn Finnie of Finnbilt General Contracting Limited r works and all tender documents relating carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed I thereto, including the Form of Agreement, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, Information to Bidders, Standard Specifications, Standard Drawings,Form of Tender, Supplemental General Conditions, General Conditions and Addendum/Addenda Numbers 1 to 1 * inclusive, hereby tender and offer in accordance I therewith to enter into a contract within the prescribed time,to construct the said work in strict accordance with the contract documents and such further detail drawings as may be supplied from time to time, and to furnish all labour, materials, tools,plant, matters and things necessary therefore, complete and ready for use Iwithin the time specified for the sum, including HST, of Three Million, One Hundred Fifty One Thousand, Three Hundred Sixty Nine Dollars and Ninety Six Cents ($3,051,369.96) or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the Tender. * number of the Addenda received duringthe tenderingperiod and The bidder will insert here the 111 taken into account when preparing the Tender. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ITHE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS: T-2 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES IItem Spec.# Description QtyfUnit Price Amount IPART la-Bridge Repairs 1-1 SP Lump sum for mobilization, demobilization 1 L.S. $ 75,211.00 I and other requirements 1-2 706, SP, Traffic control,road and sidewalks closed 1 L.S. $ 44,116.00 Ito vehicles and pedestrian traffic 1-3 706, SP, Access platforms 1 L.S. $ 236,865.00 I1-4 180, 182, EnvironmentalP rotection and silt control 1 L.S. $ 12,000.00 SPI 1-5 928, SP Removal of existing bridge components Ia)Curb, sidewalk,parapet walls 1 L.S. $ 162,815.00 b)Approach Slabs 1 L.S. $ 13,750.00 I1-6 928, SP Concrete removals Ia)Deck top 4.0 m3 $ 2,325.00 $ 9,300.00 b)Deck edges and soffit 2.5 m3 $ 6,625.00 $ 16,562.50 Ic)Abutments and wingwalls 2.0 m3 $ 4,625.00 $ 9,250.00 Beams 1 L.S. $ 22,800.00 Id) e)Diaphragms 1 L.S. $ 3,650.00 I1-7 904, 930, Concrete patch repairs SP Ia)Deck top 4.0 m3 $ 3,060.00 $ 12,240.00 b)Deck edges and soffit 2.5 m3 $ 5,030.00 $ 12,575.00 Ic)Abutments and wingwalls 0.5 m3 $ 12,394.00 $ 6,197.00 Id) Beams 1 L.S. $ 32,430.00 e)Diaphragms 1 L.S. $ 5,988.00 I1-8 920, SP Replace expansion joints 2 Ea. $ 49,301.00 $ 98,602.00 I1-9 SP Replace deck drains 12 Ea. $ 1,214.00 $ 14,568.00 1-10 904, 905 Reinforced concrete I 919, SP I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IIItem Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount T-3 a)Abutment re-facing 3.5 m3 $ 7,214.00 $ 25,249.00 I b) Curb and sidewalk 73.0 m3 $ 2,712.00 $ 197,976.00 I c)Parapet walls 34.0 m3 $ 3,993.00 $ 135,762.00 Approach slabs 33.0 m3 $ 1,264.00 $ 41,712.00 Id) 1-11 914 SP Waterproofing 730.0 m2 $ 41.26 $ 30,119.80 IP g I1-12 SP Bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $ 54,350.00 ISub-Total -Part la $ 1,274,088.30 PART lb -Bridge Repairs -Provisional I1-13 SP Contingency allowance(Provisional) 1 L.S. $ 100,000.00 1-14 706, SP, Pedestrian traffic control measures for 1 L.S. $ 29,185.00 access across bridge deck(Provisional) I1-15 905, SP Drill and insert additional dowels (Provisional) 50 Ea. $ 21.24 $ 1,062.00 I1-16 905, SP Additional reinforcing steel (Provisional) 100 m $ 6.91 $ 691.00 ' 1-17 SP Supply and install galvanic anodes (Provisional) 120 Ea. $ 61.00 $ 7,320.00 1 18 SP - - •- . . - - - _ - - . 34 f? S-172.3-643 9 932, SP - - - . . . • 2 •• :- - 609 m $r 253-0A , I1 20 SP - .., . •. • • . 60 m $-1-,-28-549 $---7-7-3-14404/0 I 1-21 SP Provisions for working with and disposing of conduit containing hazardous material (Provisional) I a)West curb 1 L.S. $ 9,860.00 b)East sidewalk 1 L.S. $ 16,320.00 I1-22 SP Credit for epoxy coated reinforcing steel 1 L.S. -$35,700.00 I to replace stainless steel &GRFP - not included in totals ISub-Total -Part lb (Provisional) $ 128,738.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount T-4 PART 2a-Road and Approaches I2-1 SP Lump sum for mobilization,demobilization 1 L.S. $ 55,719.00 and other requirements I 2-2 706, SP, Traffic control,road and sidewalks closed 1 L.S. $ 45,493.00 1 to vehicles and pedestrian traffic 2-3 180, 182, Full depth asphalt removal from approaches 2000 m2 $ 6.42 $ 12,840.00 I510, SP 1 2-4 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 435 m $ 5.35 $ 2,327.25 2-5 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk 320 m2 $ 9.63 $ 3,081.60 I2-6 353, SP New concrete curb and gutter systems 435 m $ 67.96 $ 29,562.60 1 (All Types) 2-7 353, SP New concrete sidewalk 320 m2 $ 106.73 $ 34,153.60 I2-8 314, 501, Granular A for approaches 500 t $ 22.47 $ 11,235.00 SP 2-9 314, 501, Restoreroadway surfaces 1 L.S. $ 6,474.00 I SP 2-10 SP Mill asphalt pavement 75 m2 $ 31.56 $ 2,367.00 I 2-11 310, 341 Asphalt pavement P Isp a)HL-4 320 t $ 138.03 $ 44,169.60 I b)HL-3 330 t $ 141.24 $ 46,609.20 c)Tack coat 825 m2 $ 1.60 $ 1,320.00 1 2-12 721, 732 Supply and erect galvanized steel beam SP guiderail and channel, and end treatments Iincl. structure attachments a) Structure attachments 4 Ea. $ 1,134.00 $ 4,536.00 I • b) Steel beam guiderail and channel, 81.8 m $ 112.35 $ 9,190.23 including structure attachment Ic) Steel beam guiderail-no channel 141.0 m $ 90.95 $ 12,823.95 1 d)M.S.K.T. end treatments 3 Ea. $ 3,852.00 $ 11,556.00 i IItem Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount T-5 e)Entrance end treatment 1 Ea. $ 2,033.00 $ 2,033.00 2-13 802,804, Site restoration 1 L.S. $ 29,587.00 ' 805,SP 2-14 351, SP Supply and install detectable warning surfaces a)0.6x0.6 1 Ea. $ 214.00 $ 214.00 1 2-15 SP Bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $ 6,000.00 ISub-Total-Part 2a $ 371,292.03 PART 2b -Road and Approaches-Provisional ' 2-16Contingency allowance(Provisional) 1 L.S. $ 30 000.00 SP g y , 1 2-17 706, SP, Pedestrian traffic control 1 L.S. $ 5,100.00 for approaches to bridge(Provisional) ' 2-18 710, SP Permanent line painting Permanent pavement markings(Provisional) ' a) Solid yellow(10cm) 306 m $ 2.89 $ 884.34 Ib) White solid(10cm) 628 m $ 2.89 $ 1,814.92 Sub-Total-Part 2b(Provisional) $ 37,799.26 ' PART 3a-Watermain I3-1 401,492, Supply, and excavate for new watermain 441,442, including bedding, cover,granular backfill, and I 517, 518, restoration of road granular including 450mm 310, 312 of granular B and 150mm of granular A. SP a) 300 mm PVC DR18 including excavation, 200 m $ 462.25 $ 92,450.00 removal, and disposal of existing watermain Ib) 300 mm stainless steel under bridge 92 m $ 1,676.00 $ 154,192.00 including expansion couplers, insulation I system,pipe wrap,hangers and brackets, transition couplers (PVC to stainless),etc. I3-2 492,441, Supply, excavate for,place and backfill ductile 450, 517, iron fittings, including cathodic protection and 518, SP mechanical thrust restraints 1 1 1 1 IItem Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount T-6 Ia)300 mm gate valves 2 Ea. $ 8,025.00 $ 16,050.00 b) 300x300x150 mm tee 1 Ea. $ 1,773.00 $ 1,773.00 Ic) 300 mm 22 1/2°bends 2 Ea. $ 1,486.00 $ 2,972.00 d)Connect to existing watermain at north end 1 Ea. $ 8,639.00 $ 8,639.00 Ie)Connect to existing watermain at south end 1 Ea. $ 8,639.00 $ 8,639.00 I 3-3 441, 517, Supply,excavate for,place and backfill 518, SP water service fitting, including tapping main and all connections Ia) 25 mm main stops 2 Ea. $ 114.00 $ 228.00 Ib) 25 mm curb stops 2 Ea. $ 189.00 $ 378.00 c) 25 mm saddles 2 Ea. $ 110.00 $ 220.00 1 3-4 401,492, Supply,excavate for,place and backfill 441, 517, water services, including bedding, and all ' 518, SP required connections, cathodic protection, granular backfill and restotration beyond the general grading operations Ia)25 mm dia. service tubing 33 m $ 502.91 $ 16,596.03 1 3-5 SP Supply and place rigid board insulation 150 m $ 43.87 $ 6,580.50 100mm thick placed above the pipe and on I either side of the pipe(OPSD 1109.030) 3-6 SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. $ 9,025.00 Idisinfection, and flushing of watermains 3-7 SP Remove/dispose of existing insulation from 1 L.S. $ 9,350.00 Iaround existing watermain under bridge (contains asbestos) 1 3-8 SP Remove existing hanging watermain(at bridge) 1 L.S. $ 76,110.00 including all hardware,hangers,pipe wrap, Ipiping, etc. 3-9 SP Temporary potable water distribution system 1 L.S. $ 40,450.00 (100mm minimum pipe) from Stn 1+205 to Stn 1+497 1 3-10 SP Bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $ 8,000.00 ISub-Total -Part 3a $ 451,652.53 I Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount T-7 PART 3b-Watermain-Provisional ' 3-11 SP Contingency allowance(Provisional) 1 L.S. $ 35,000.00 ' Sub-Total-Part 3b(Provisional) $ 35,000.00 PART 4a-Storm Sewers 4-1 510, SP Remove existing stormwater structures a)Catchbasins 3 Ea. $ 537.00 $ 1,611.00 b)Manhole/catchbasins 3 Ea. $ 537.00 $ 1,611.00 4-2 402,407, Supply, excavate for,place and backfill 517, 518, precast maintenance holes and maintenance SP hole catch basins, incl.frames and grates: a) 1200 mm maintenance(701.010) 2 Ea. $ 6,420.00 $ 12,840.00 b) 1500 mm maintenance (701.011) 1 Ea. $ 8,560.00 $ 8,560.00 1 4-3 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and backfill 2 Ea. $ 3,778.00 $ 7,556.00 517, 518, 600 mm x 600 mm catch basins (705.010), ' SP including frame and grates 4-4 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and backfill 1 Ea. $ 5,765.00 $ 5,765.00 517, 518, 600 mm x 1450 mm twin inlet SP catch basins (705.020), including frame ' and grates 4-5 401,409 Supply, excavate for,place and backfill (granular) ' 410,492 storm pipe sewers including bedding and 517, 518 removal/disposal of existing pipe 1 SP a) 300mm HDPE CSA B 182.6 or 30 m $ 341.33 $ 10,239.90 equivalent 1 4-6 SP Insurance and bonding 1 L.S. $ 2,000.00 ' Sub-Total -Part 4a $ 50,182.90 PART 4b-Storm Sewers-Provisional 4-7 401,409 Supply, excavate for,place and backfill 13 m $ 341.31 $ 4,437.03 410,492 300mm dia. HDPE storm pipe sewers 517, 518 including removal/disposal of existing pipe SP I 1 1 1 1 IItem Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount T-8 4-8 SP Contingency allowance(Provisional) 1 L.S. $10,000.00 Sub-Total-Part 4b(Provisional) $ 14,437.03 I PART 5a-Electrical I5-1 Supply and install metered power pedestal 1 L.S. $ 8,403.00 with concrete base and grounding. I5-2 Secondary ductbank(pole to pedestal) 2 m $ 519.00 $ 1,038.00 1 5-3 Lighting ductbank 135 m $ 39.59 $ 5,344.65 1 5-4 Bridge utility ducts 255 m $ 22.90 $ 5,839.50 5-5 Directional bore (road crossing) 1 LS $ 5,513.00 I5-6 Excavation and back fill 135 m $ 61.00 $ 8,235.00 1 5-7 P1 Street Light Pole 1 Ea. $ 10,843.00 $ 10,843.00 1 5-8 P2 Street Light Pole 1 Ea. $ 11,820.00 $ 11,820.00 5-9 Supply and install lighting cable, 404 m $ 16.05 $ 6,484.20 I2C#6AWG Cu. NMWU90 plus ground 5-10 Supply and install lighting pole cable 30 m $ 7.50 $ 225.00 I2C#12AWG Cu.RW90+GND I 5-11 Supply and install secondary cable 15 m $ 52.40 $ 786.00 3C#2AWG Cu RWU90 IN 78mm ductbank 1 5-12 Cable terminations 1 L.S. $ 1,177.00 • 5-13 ESA permit, inspection and certification. 1 L.S. $ 428.00 L.S.5-14 SP Bonding and insurance 1 $ 2,605.00 Sub-Total-Part 5a $ 68,741.35 IPART 5b-Electrical-Provisional 5-15 SP Contingency Allowance(Provisional) 1 L.S. $10,000.00 I Sub-Total -Part 5b (Provisional) $ 10,000.00 I IItem Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount T-9 PART 6a-Erosion Protection and Gabion Repairs I6-1 SP Lump sum for mobilization, demobilization 1 L.S. $ '38,796.00 and other requirements I 6-2 511, SP Supply andplace ripraperosion protection 1000 t $ 177.00 $ 177,000.00 PP Y 1 6-3 512, SP Supply galvanized gabion mesh 150 m2 $ 27.00 $ 4,050.00 III6-4 512, SP Place gabion mesh 150 m2 $ 37.00 $ 5,550.00 I6-5 SP Bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $ 3,000.00 Sub-Total -Part 6a $ 228,396.00 IPART 6b -Erosion Protection -Provisional I6-6 SP Contingency Allowance(Provisional) 1 L.S. $30,000.00 6-7 511, SP _ . . . .. . . . - •. . . - - •- • . . 900 t $----179700 $ i61 1 0n00 Sub-Total -Part 6b (Provisional) $30,000.00 I Sub-Total -Part la $ 1,274,088.30 ISub-Total -Part lb (Provisional) $ 128,738.00 Sub-Total -Part 2a $ 371,292.03 ISub-Total -Part 2b (Provisional) $ 37,799.26 ISub-Total -Part 3a $ 451,652.53 Sub-Total -Part 3b (Provisional) $ 35,000.00 ISub-Total -Part 4a $ 50,182.90 Sub-Total -Part 4b (Provisional) $ 14,437.03 ISub-Total -Part 5a $ 68,74135 ISub-Total -Part 5b (Provisional) $ 10,000.00 Sub-Total -Part 6a $ 228,396.00 ISub-Total -Part 6b (Provisional) $ 30,000.00 Sub-Total - (Parts 1,2,3,4,5,6 including Provisionals) $ 2,700,327.40 I13% HST $ 351,042.56 ITOTAL $ 3,051,369.96 I i . T-A STANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS I/We agree to complete the work within the time specified in the Information to Bidders. that this Tender is eto a formal contract beingprepared also agree subject p pared and executed. ' In submitting this Tender for the work,the Tenderer further declares: (a) That no person,firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached below,has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken; (b) That this tender is made without any connection,knowledge,comparison of figures or arrangement with any other company,firm or person making a tender for the same work and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud; ' (c) That no member of the Municipal Council or any officer of the Owner will become interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and otherwise complying with"the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act,RSO 1990"; ' (d) That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to acceptance until the formal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said work or until thirty(30)days after the tender closing date,whichever event occurs first ' and that the Owner may at any time within that period without notice,accept this tender whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not; ' (e) That if we,the undersigned,withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within thirty(30)days after the tender closing date,the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the Owner; ' (f) That the awarding by the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an acceptance of the tender; I (g) The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are in all respects true; T-A Date Specified.doc I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' T-B (h) That if this tender is accepted,we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate within ten(10)days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our part to do so,we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the money deposited by us to the use of the Owner, and to accept the next lowest or any ' tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and any greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or failure,or by reason of such acting, as aforesaid, on their part including the cost of any advertising for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its 1 officers from all loss,damage,cost,charges and expenses which they may suffer or be put to by reason of any such default or failure on our part. The"Agreement to Bond"of the Trisura Guarantee Insurance Company Company, a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario,to furnish a Performance Bond in an amount equal to 100%of the contract price and a separate Labour and ' Material Payment Bond in an amount equal to 50%of the contract price, is enclosed herewith. A certified cheque for the sum of One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ' ($140,000.00)is attached hereto. DATED AT Stratford this 19th day of February , 20 20 . (Signed and Sealed) Signature of Witness Signature of Bidder NOTE: ' All tenders submitted must be signed by a duly authorized person and either a company seal must be affixed, or it must be signed by a witness. BR236B-T-B 2 Bonds-50%L&M Bond.docx I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • ISTATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS The following is a list of Sub-Contractors or Sub-Trades intended to be used in the execution of IIIthe contract showing the approximate portion of the work to be allotted to each. IITEM SUB-CONTRACTORS Name and Address Percent of I Contract 1. Storm Water, NJS Construction Inc. 10% I Watermain& Strathroy,ON Roadwork I 2. Asphalt Paving Lavis Contracting Co.Limited 3% Clinton, ON I 3. Curb&Gutter N. Piccoli Construction 1% ISidewalk London,ON 4. I Electrical Bram-K Enterprises 2% Kincardine,ON 1 5. Deck London Caulking&Installations 1% Waterproofing Dorchester, ON I 6. I Rip Rap Huron District Contracting 6% Goderich, ON I 7 Provisional Corr. Vector Corrosion Tech. 7.5% Protection&Fibrewrap Mississauga,ON I 8. 1 9. I 10. IY:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Sub-Contractors.docx I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 AGREEMENT TO BOND (PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOUR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND) ** 1 Date: , 20_ PROJECT NO. CONTRACT NO. ' TO: Dear Sirs: In consideration of (hereinafter referred to as "the Owner") accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with: t (hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer")for the construction of ' subject to the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond and the Labour and Material Payment Bond in accordance with the said tender,we the undersigned hereby agree with the Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond in an amount 1 equal to 100% of the contract price and a Labour and Material Payment Bond in an amount equal to 50% of the contract price, in the forms of Performance Bond and Labour and Material Payment Bond provided and in accordance with the said tender, and we agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven (7) days after notification of the acceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the Owner has been mailed to us. Yours very truly, ' (Seal) NOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the Surety Company by its authorized ' officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein, one shall become a part of the tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company. 111 ** Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page. F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\AgToBond-2 bonds-50%L&M Bond.doc I t t I . SCHEDULE OF PLANS,SPECIFICATIONS,GENERAL CONDITIONS & STANDARDS The work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following plans, specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Municipality of Kincardine,Repairs to Structure 2201 on Queen Street, Kincardine, Contract No. BR236B. A. SPECIAL PROVISIONS-Pages SP-1 to SP-52 B. PLANS -Drawing Nos. 1 to 13 and El to E3 C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS - Pages lB-1 to IB-5 D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis ' mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to this contract. OPSS-Municipal and Provincial Common 407-Nov/15 408-Nov/15 702-Nov/14 710-Nov/10 919-Nov/11 932-Nov/09 OPSS.MUNI-Municipal Oriented 102-Nov/18 330-Nov/14 491-Nov/17 517-Apr/17 616-Apr/18 802-Nov/19 914-Nov/14 I106-Apr/17 351-Nov/19 492-Nov/18 518-Nov/18 617-Nov/19 804-Nov/14 920-Nov/12 180-Nov/16 353-Nov/19 493-Nov/19 603-Nov/17 706-Apr/18 805-Nov/18 928-Apr/19 182-Nov/12 401-Nov/18 501-Nov/17 604-Nov/17 721-Nov/18 902-Nov/19 929-Nov/18 I206-Apr/19 402-Nov/16 506-Nov/17 609-Nov/19 723-Apr/17 904-Nov/12 930-Nov/14 301-Nov/18 410-Nov/18 510-Nov/18 610-Apr/17 732-Nov/19 905-Nov/17 1350-Nov/19 310-Nov/17 441-Nov/16 511-Nov/19 614-Nov/19 801-Nov/19 913-Nov/17 1 314-Nov/19 442-Nov/16 512-Nov/17 615-Nov/17 E. STANDARD DRAWINGS 1 Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent drawings shall apply to this contract. OPSD -Municipal and Provincial Common 202.031 219.261 600.010 802.010 802.032 912.103 922.186 3340.100 3370.100 202.032 310.010 701.010 802.013 802.033 912.130 3340.102 3370.101 1 219.100 310.020 701.011 _ 802.014 802.034 912.401 3349.101 3390.100 219.130 310.033 705.010 802.030 912.101 912.430 1109.010 3360.00 3419.100 (2010) 1 219.260 310.039 705.020 802.031 912.102 912.531 1109.030 3360.200 3419.155 (2008) BMROSS -Standard Drawings 3340.100 MOD SS110-20 (1990) F. FORM OF TENDER G. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS H. GENERAL CONDITIONS - OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev.Date: 11/2019 I. AGREEMENT J. CONTRACT RELEASE ' K. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS,LIABILITIES &PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS L. APPENDIX A I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS I Item Nos. 1-1, 2-1 Mobilization,Demobilization and SP-1 &6-1 Other Requirements I Item Nos. 1-2 &2-2 Traffic Control—Road Closed SP-2 Item No. 1-3 Access Platforms SP-3 Item No. 1-4 Environmental Protection and Silt Control SP-3 IItem No. 1-5 Removal of Existing Bridge Components SP-5 Item No. 1-6 Concrete Removals SP-5 IItem No. 1-7 Concrete Patch Repairs SP-6 Item No. 1-8 Replace Expansion Joints SP-7 I Item No. 1-9 Replace Deck Drains SP-8 Item No. 1-10 Reinforced Concrete SP-9 Item No. 1-11 Waterproofmg SP-10 IItem Nos. 1-12, 2-15, Bonding and Insurance SP-10 3-10,4-6, 5-14&6-5 I Item Nos. 1-13, 2-16, Contingency Allowance SP-11 3-11,4-8, 5-15 &6-6 Item Nos. 1-14 &2-17 Pedestrian Traffic Control Measures for Access Across Bridge SP-11 IItem No. 1-15 Drill and Insert Additional Dowels SP-12 Item No. 1-16 Additional Reinforcing Steel SP-12 IItem No. 1-17 Supply and Installation of Galvanic Anodes SP-12 Item No. 1-18 Corrosion Protection for Girder Ends &at Drop-in Locations SP-13 IItem No. 1-19 Crack Injection for Bottom Flanges of Exterior Girders SP-14 Item No. 1-20 External Fibrewrap Reinforcement at Girder Ends and Piers SP-15 I Item No. 1-21 Provisions for Working with&Disposing of Conduit Containing SP-16 Hazardous Material Item No. 1-22 Credit for Epoxy Coated Reinforcing to Replace Stainless Steel & SP-16 lGFRP Item No. 2-3 Full Depth Asphalt Removal from Approaches SP-17 I Item No. 2-4 Removal of Concrete Curb and Gutter SP-17 Item No. 2-5 Removal of Concrete Sidewalk SP-17 Item No. 2-6 New Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems(All Types) SP-17 Item No. 2-7 New Concrete Sidewalk SP-18 Item No. 2-8 Granular A for Approaches SP-19 I Item No. 2-9 Restore Roadway Surfaces SP-19 Item No. 2-10 Mill Asphalt Pavement SP-20 I Item No. 2-11 Asphalt Pavement SP-20 • I Item No. 2-12 Supply and Erect Galvanized Steel Beam Guiderail &Channel, SP-24 I And End Treatments, Including Structure Attachments Item No. 2-13 Site Restoration SP-24 I Item No. 2-14 Supply and Install Detectable Warning Surfaces for Pedestrian SP-25 Crossing Item No. 2-18 Permanent Line Painting,Permanent Pavement Markings SP-26 Item Nos. 3-1 - 3-4, Watermain Installation SP-27 & 3-9 Item No. 3-5 Rigid Board Insulation SP-40 Item No. 3-6 Swabbing, Hydrostatic Pressure Testing,Disinfection and SP-41 Flushing of Watermains Item No. 3-7 Remove Insulation from Hanging Watermain(Contains Asbestos) SP-45 Item No. 3-8 Remove Existing Hanging Watermain(at Bridge) SP-46 I Item No. 4-1 Removal of Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins SP-46 Item No. 4-2 Supply,Excavate for,Place and Backfill 1200& 1500 mm SP-46 Precast Maintenance Holes and Maintenance Hole-Catch Basins, OPSD 701.010 and 701.011,Including Frames and Grates Item Nos. 4-3 &4-4 Supply,Excavate for,Place and Backfill 600 mm x 600 mm SP-48 I Catch Basins (705.010), 600 mm x 1450 mm Twin Inlet Catch Basins (705.020), Including Frame and Grates Item Nos. 4-5 &4-7 Supply,Excavate for,Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers SP-48 I Item Nos. 5-i to 5-13 Electrical Items (see contract drawings) SP-51 Item No. 6-2 Supply and Place Imported 600 mm Rip Rap Protection SP-51 I Item No. 6-3 Supply Galvanized Gabion Mesh SP-52 Item No. 6-4 Place Galvanized Gabion Mesh SP-52 Item No. 6-7 Supply and Place Imported 600mm Rip Rap Protection SP-52 I I I I I 1 1 • SP-1 rPART la—BRIDGE REPAIRS ' ITEM NOS. 1-1,2-1 &6-1 LUMP SUM FOR MOBILIZATION,DEMOBILIZATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS This item is to cover the Contractor's cost of mobilization at the beginning of the construction period, demobilization at the completion of the construction period and for all additional labour, 1 equipment or material required to complete the work of the contract but not specifically covered by or related to the other items in the Schedule of Items and Prices. 1 The lump sum bid may include,but is not limited to,the following: watchmen, on-site washroom facilities,permits and approvals (other than those to be paid for by the Owner)or acquiring the services of the local operating authorities. Work may take place any time after contracts have been signed by both parties and the traffic control plan has been provided to the Municipality. The Contractor shall demobilize from site no later than October 16, 2020. The contractor shall note that road reconstruction is planned on Queen Street beginning at the south project limits and extending southward. This work is likely to begin in early May,2020. The bridge repair contractor is expected to cooperate fully with the Municipality and the road reconstruction contractor. It is anticipated that regular communication will be required between the two contractors to coordinate the delivery of workers and materials to site. All costs associated with measure required to work around overhead utility lines and underground utility lines shall be included under this item. The Contractor shall close access to Wildfang Park and Geddes Park. The Contractor may use 225 m2 of space in each of the parking areas for the storage of equipment and materials. However, the laneways and parking areas shall be kept neat at all times. ' Upto sixtypercent(60%) of the price for the Mobilization and Demobilization item shall be considered as relating to mobilization and the balance to demobilization and other requirements. The payment for mobilization shall be included in the first payment certificate issued for the PYm Pym contract subject to the Contract Administrator and the Municipality being satisfied that full mobilization has been carried out otherwise,payment that reflects the degree of mobilization effected to date will be made. The payment for demobilization and other requirements shall become due following completion of the works and subject to the Contract Administrator and the Municipality being satisfied that full demobilization and other requirements have been carried out. The submission by a tenderer of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to ' disqualification. SP-2 I ITEM NOS. 1-2 &2-2 TRAFFIC CONTROL—ROAD AND SIDEWALKS CLOSED TO VEHICLES AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Under this item,the Contractor shall be responsible for flashing lights,high intensity signs, and barricades at the structure,the approaches to the structure and the start of the adjacent blocks. Signage shall be laid out, supplied and maintained in conformance with the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM)Book 7,Temporary Traffic Control Devices. At the intersections a TC-7 (120 cm X 120 cm),with"ROAD CLOSED", "LOCAL TRAFFIC ONLY", and"BRIDGE OUT"tab signs are required. The intersections include: • Queen Street at St.Albert Street V • Queen Street at Gordon Street v / • Queen Street at Harbour Street • Queen Street at Durham Market Street South Y TC-7(120 cm x 120 cm), with"SIDEWALK CLOSED"and"BRIDGE OUT"tab signs are required on the sidewalk at the following intersections: • Queen Street at St. Albert Street yr • Queen Street at Durham Market Street South The barricades shall be fitted with at least two amber flashing lights at night. The Contractor I shall be responsible for the maintenance of all barriers,lights and signs and shall be liable for any claim for damages resulting from insufficient protection. Access shall be provided for local traffic within the block where construction is occurring. I Two weeks prior to construction,TC-67 (information signs) shall be placed on each side of the bridge indicating when the Queen Street bridge will be closed and that there will be no access to Wildfang Park or Geddes Park. At the time of construction TC-67 (information signs) shall be placed at the intersection of , Queen St. and Kincardine Ave., and Queen St. and Durham Road, indicating that Queen Street is closed between Durham Street South and Gordon Street. The signs shall indicate that there is no access to Wildfang Park or Geddes Park. At least two weeks prior to closing the road the Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan showing the layout and distances of all signs specific to this site. The Contractor shall not close the road until such time as the Contractor is prepared to work continuously during normal workday hours on weekdays. This is specified in order to minimize the disruption to traffic. The road may not be open until new asphalt is in place. The road shall be open no later I than September 18,2020. This date is specified to avoid conflict with other projects that will be starting in mid to late September,2020. Road closure beyond these limits shall result in liquidated damages. 1 SP-3 For this item, the Contractor shall be paid the lump sum bid which shall be full compensation for all lights, signs and barricades to meet the specifications and provide all reasonable precautions for traffic safety. Basis of Payment for Traffic Control ' Payment for this item shall be as follows: 1 a) 60% for the submission of a Traffic Control Plan and initial installation b) 30% for maintenance and continual implementation of the Traffic Control Plan including,but not limited to, signage,flag persons,barricades,fencing etc. This portion of the lump sum bid shall be paid in proportion to the permanent work completed. ITEM NO 1-3 ACCESS PLATFORMS ' Under this item,the contractor shall design, construct, and remove any access platforms: • required along the edge of the bridge necessary for removal of the existing curb/ ' sidewalk and parapet walls. • required along the edges of the bridge necessary to support and provide access to the new curb/sidewalk and parapet walls. ' • required adjacent to the abutments required for abutment repairs • required adjacent to the abutments required for beam repairs The access platforms shall be designed and constructed as per OPSS 919 and shall meet ministry of labour requirements. The platforms shall include kick plates to reduce the likelihood of 1 materials falling off the platforms. Included under this item,the Contractor shall provide access to allow for inspection of the soffit ' and beams in the vicinity of designated repair areas: • 2 m from the end of each beam adjacent to the abutments • The entire length of the north span of the east beam • The full length of the overhanging deck edge on the east and west sides of the bridge The Contractor shall provide access to the north and south spans of the west beam, and the south span of the north beam for documentation purposes. The Contractor shall provide access to the drop-in connections for documentation purposes. ITEM NO. 1-4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SILT CONTROL Under this item,the Contractor shall perform all environmental control measures necessary to complete the bridge repairs, while controlling the amount of silt that is released into the stream. I SP-4 I ri substances from entering Included in this item shall be the cost of preventing deleterious the stream as per OPSS 182. To prevent silt material from entering the streams, silt fences shall be installed and maintained down slope from any stockpile and exposed earth surface locations. The extent of silt fencing placed must be to the limits and satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. Machinery shall be refueled and stored overnight not less than 30 m from the edge of water. Similarly,no toilets shall be located closer than 30 metres from the normal edge of water. In-stream work, such as rip rap placement shall be done behind a turbidity curtain. To help minimize silt releases,the Contractor shall cover finished, exposed earth as soon as practical with topsoil and seed or rip rap as per their appropriate items. Generally speaking, the Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent the release of any deleterious 111 substance to the stream and the Contractor shall be fully liable for fines or damages arising from the Contractor's activities or lack of reasonable precautions. Two weeks prior to the start of construction the Contractor shall submit shop drawings showing the locations and dimensions of stockpiled material,and silt control features. All work adjacent to the stream shall be completed in accordance to the permit provided by the Conservation Authority, and directions provided during the pre-construction meeting. In-water work may only take place between July 15 and September 30 of any year. The Contractor shall prevent bird nesting on the bridge after the point of contract award. If work ' is planned to start prior to April 1, it is anticipated that the contractor will remove nests regularly prior to egg laying while on-site for construction activities. If work is not planned to start until after April 1, the Contractor shall visit the site regularly and remove nests as required prior to egg laying or place netting to prevent nesting/egg laying until August 31. It should be noted that Canada Geese typically nest near the bridge,particularly at the southeast corner of the site. The Contractor is required to work around any active nests created by Canadian Geese. The Contractor shall install measures to reduce the likelihood of nesting between April 1 and August 31 as listed below: • Flagging tape within the area long enough to move in the wind. I • Grids or multiple parallel lines of wire,twine, cable stretched 30-50 cm above the ground with flags long enough to move in the wind • Fences can be made from woven wire,poultry netting,plastic netting, snow fencing, , monofilament wire or electrified wire. Fences should be placed at adult and gosling height and should prevent geese and goslings from walking around,underneath or through them. Fences can block access to water and block walking routes favoured by geese. • Decoys: any bird of prey in the area(with flagging tape around it to move in the wind) Payment for the silt control and environmental protection measures shall be on the lump sum basis and shall include full compensation for all materials,labour and equipment for the work described herein. 1 SP-5 ITEM NO. 1-5 REMOVAL OF EXISTING BRIDGE COMPONENTS The Contractor shall remove the existing bridge components required to complete the project at the lump sum price bid for this item. This work shall include removal of the railings,posts, and ' curb/sidewalk from both sides of the structure where indicated on the drawings. It shall also include removal of existing drains. ' It is anticipated that there is an 89 mm diameter conduit and an active electrical line in the west curb. It is anticipated that there are two 100 mm diameter empty ducts in the east sidewalk. Under this item the contractor may assume that the conduits do not contain hazardous materials and that they can be disposed of by standard methods. Costs associated with additional requirements to remove hazardous materials(asbestos)shall be included under the provisional Working with and Disposing of Conduit containing Hazardous Material item. The exposed conduit and anchors hanging from the east sidewalk are to be protected during the construction period. ' Steel and concrete shall be removed in such a way to prevent pieces from falling into the stream. Removal shall be by saw and air-powered hammers. Equipment and methods that may, in the ' opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage the remaining structure, shall not be permitted. Where noted on the drawings, existing reinforcing steel shall be preserved. 111 All concrete pieces and reinforcing steel from the removed portions of the structure shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site. ' Payment for removals shall be full compensation for all labour,materials and equipment to remove,haul and dispose of waste materials, as required. ITEM NO. 1-6 CONCRETE REMOVALS For the unit price bid per cubic metre,the Contractor shall remove unsound concrete,where ' directed by the Contract Administrator. These removals may be from the concrete deck top, deck edges, deck soffit, abutments,wingwalls, diaphragms and beams. See the item list for the assumed locations and estimated quantities applicable for this project. ' Removals shall be made by saw and chipping hammer. All materials removed shall be disposed off site. Concrete chippings shall not be allowed to fall into the stream. Removals shall be in ' accordance with OPSS.MUNI 928 and shall include sandblasting of all surfaces. All removal areas shall be delineated by a 25 mm deep saw cut. The Contractor will not be paid under two items for any amount of concrete removed. SP-6 I Payment for constructing the access platform to allow inspection of the soffit and completion of the repairs shall be paid under the Access Platform item. For the deck top,deck edges, soffit, abutments,and wingwalls,payment shall be made at the unit price bid per cubic metre of concrete removed, and shall include full compensation for all labour, materials and equipment to complete the removals and prepare the surfaces, where required. Measurement for payment will be by tape measure of voids,prior to pouring concrete. Payment will not be based on truck volumes delivered. Payment for new concrete will be included in the concrete patch repair item. The Contractor will not be paid under two items for any amount of concrete removed. Payment for removals from the girder ends, shall be made at the lump sum price bid and shall be full compensation for all labour,materials and equipment required to complete the removals. It is anticipated that the beam repairs will be limited to less than 2.0 m from the ends of the beams near the abutments. It is anticipated that the repairs will include the webs and bottom flange of each of the 6 beams at both ends of the bridge. It shall be noted that additional repairs further than 2.0 m from the abutments are required for the north span of the most easterly beam. It is anticipated that the surface area of the beam repairs will not exceed 29 m2. Care shall be taken to not disturb the pre-stressed strands of the girders. Payment for removals from the diaphragms over the abutments, shall be made at the lump sum , price bid and shall be full compensation for all labour,materials and equipment required to complete the repairs, including testing of concrete. It is anticipated that the surface area of the diaphragm repairs will not exceed 3 m2. ITEM NO. 1-7 1 CONCRETE PATCH REPAIRS For the unit price bid per cubic metre,the Contractor shall place new concrete in the patch repair ' locations, where directed by the Contract Administrator. See the item list for the assumed locations and estimated quantities applicable for this project. The new concrete placed in the deck top, deck edge, soffit, abutment, and wingwall patches shall satisfy exposure class C-2 requirements and have 32 MPa compressive strength at 28 days, in conformance with CSA-A23.1 and OPSS.MUNI 1350. The concrete to be used in the patches may have 12 mm nominal coarse aggregate. Air entrainment and maximum water to cement ratio shall be as outlined in the applicable CSA A23.1 Tables. Slump may be increased with an approved superplasticizer agent or with an alternative mix design that is approved by the Contract Administrator. The new concrete placed in the beam and diaphragm patches shall be placed by form and pump , method. It shall have a minimum 35 MPa compressive strength at 28 days in conformance with CSA-A23.1 and OPSS.MUNI.1350. Patch areas on the top surface of the deck shall be prepared with a sand/cement slurry immediately before pouring concrete. All areas shall be wet cured for a minimum of 96 hours by leaving forms in place or, in the case of the top of deck, applying wet burlap and vapour barrier. I ' SP-7 Payment for the cost of forming the deck,beams, abutments, and wingwalls as per OPSS 919 ' and removal of the formwork after the specified minimum curing period has passed shall be included in this item. The Contractor will not be paid under two items for any amount of concrete placed. Measurement for payment shall be up to the level of the deck top or face of the concrete adjacent to the repair. The Contractor shall be responsible for concrete testing for air content, slump and compressive strength. This work shall be completed by a CSA certified person independent to the Contractor or the concrete supplier. One set of cylinders shall be cast for every 20 m3 of concrete placed, or one set per day,whichever is more frequent. The costs for testing shall be included in the price bid for this item. For the deck top, soffit,deck edges,abutments, and wingwalls,payment shall be made at the unit price bid per cubic metre of new concrete placed, and shall include full compensation for all labour,materials and equipment to supply,place,consolidate,cure and finish new concrete patches. Measurement for payment will be by tape measure of voids,prior to forming. Payment will not be based on truck volumes delivered. Payment for patch repair of the girder ends and diaphragms shall be made at the lump sum bid per item and shall be full compensation for all labour, materials and equipment required to complete the repairs, including testing of concrete. It is anticipated that the surface area of the girder repairs will not exceed 29 m2, and that the diaphragm repairs will not exceed 3 m2. ITEM NO. 1-8 REPLACE EXPANSION JOINTS Under this item,the Contractor shall remove the concrete and hardware at the existing expansion joint assemblies, supply and install new expansion joint assemblies and expansion joint seals as specified on the drawings and drill and epoxy grout dowels at the unit price bid. This item includes the removal of existing concrete in conflict with the proposed joint assemblies to the limits shown on the contract drawings and the supply and placement of new concrete in the joint assemblies to the outside edge of the deck and to the limits shown on the contract drawings. The seal shall be installed after both parts of the joint assembly have been installed with no splices in the rubber seal. I The Contractor shall be fully responsible for making all measurements required to fit the new expansion joints to match the existing deck cross-fall. The expansion joints shall be fabricated to match the proposed asphalt and curb elevations. Any field adjustments shall be made only 111 if approved by the Contract Administrator and the costs of such adjustments shall be borne by the Contractor. SP-8 1 Shop drawings for the expansion joints shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator for review at least two weeks prior to manufacture. The limits of the concrete removal required for the expansion joint assemblies shall be as shown on the drawings and shall include the full width of the ballast wall. Existing reinforcing is to be preserved.Reinforcing damaged by the Contractor's methods shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Concrete removed in these areas and through the curb and deck will be paid for under this item only and will not be counted in any other concrete removal item. Concrete removed shall be hauled away and disposed of off-site. Joints shall be Type A strip seal with clamping bars. The entire assembly shall be hot dip galvanized. Strip seals shall extend to 50 mm beyond the outside face of the curbs. Injection grouting of all angles shall be performed as per OPSS and the contract drawings. This item shall include the cost to drill and epoxy grout 15M epoxy coated dowels into the existing structure and place additional longitudinal steel as indicated on the contract drawings. Epoxy grout shall be a 2-part epoxy. A water test is required for each expansion joint once set in place. The Contractor shall make adjustments or repairs or replacement until the expansion joints can demonstrate a water-tight performance. ' The installation of four(4) drains for concrete end dams as per OPSD 3349.101 shall be included under this item. I Also included in this item is the supply,forming,placing and curing of concrete to hold the expansion joint assemblies. The concrete shall be CSA Exposure Class C-1 (35 MPa),the existing concrete surfaces shall be sandblasted. Prior to placing concrete,the existing concrete surfaces below the steel angles shall be vacuum cleaned of dust and debris. The Contractor shall note that forming shall also include forming of the underside of deck where required. This work , shall include removing forms following placement of the concrete. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per expansion joint and shall include all labour, I material and equipment required to remove the existing joints and concrete, install, seal, grout and test the two new expansion joints. ITEM NO. 1-9 REPLACE DECK DRAINS For the unit price bid per each,the Contractor shall supply and install new deck drains. Removal of existing drains is included in the Removal of Existing Bridge Components item. New drains shall be 150 mm diameter steel pipe,hot dip galvanized after fabrication. The drains on the east side of the bridge shall be to the modified standard OPSD-3340.100 as appended to the contract booklet. Drains on the west side of the bridge shall be to modified standard OPSD- i SP-9 ' 3340.100 if practical. Otherwise they shall be similar to standard OPSD 3340.102 modified for a 150 mm diameter. This work shall include the cutting, and chipping of concrete required to install the drains. Reinforcing steel in conflict with the proposed drains may be cut only with the permission of the ' Contract Administrator. It is anticipated that the new drains will be centred at approximately the same location as the existing drains. As such,coring is not permitted to avoid cutting reinforcing steel. This work shall also include forming,pouring and curing concrete or non-shrink grout ' around the new drains to the face of the deck. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid for each new drain and shall include all materials, equipment and labour required to prepare and install the drains. ITEM NO. 1-10 REINFORCED CONCRETE Under this item,the Contractor shall construct new reinforced concrete curb, sidewalk, and parapet walls complete with galvanized steel handrails,posts and anchorage assemblies as well ' as galvanized anchorage inserts for steel beam guiderail and channel. Handrails,posts and anchors shall be to SS110-20(1991). The hardware to attach a steel beam guiderail and channel to the parapet walls shall be in accordance with OPSD 912.401 and 912.430. Also, under this item the Contractor shall construct new approach slabs, and abutment re-facing. New concrete shall be exposure class C-1(35 MPa compressive strength) in conformance with CSA-A23.1 and OPSS.MUNI 1350 criteria. The aggregates in the concrete for the sidewalk, curb, and parapet walls shall consist of crushed limestone aggregate and a super-plasticizer shall 1 be incorporated into the mixture to achieve a slump range of 150 mm to 200 mm. The finish shall be a.high quality,uniform appearance. Only new,or good used form plywood may be used. Ties shall be coil rods with cones or cone snap ties with no tie material left within 20 mm of the finished surface. The work included in this item shall include supplying and placing all reinforcing steel, supplying,placing,forming, consolidating, curing, and finishing concrete. ' The Contractor shall be responsible for concrete testing for air content, slump and compressive strength. This work shall be completed by a CSA certified person independent to the Contractor or the concrete supplier. One set of cylinders shall be cast for every 20 m3 of concrete placed, or one set per day, whichever is more frequent. Costs for testing shall be included in this item. If cold weather concrete conditions exist,OPS specifications shall be followed. Plans for ' curing shall be provided to the Contract Administrator at least two weeks in advance of a concrete placement. ' If cold weather concrete conditions do not exist,the Contractor may choose how long they wish to leave the forms on the parapet walls as long as they are left in place at least 24 hours from the concrete pour. However,the parapet walls shall be wet cured until at least 96 hours from the concrete pour. Forms for the curbs shall remain in place for at least 96 hours. I I SP-10 ' n Construction and removal of an access platform along the outside of the deck is to be included in the Access Platforms item. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per cubic metre,plan quantity, and shall be full compensation for all materials,labour, equipment required to complete the work. ITEM NO. 1-11 WATERPROOFING Under this item,the Contractor shall supply and hot apply an asphalt membrane with asphalt impregnated protection board to the bridge deck in accordance with OPSS 914 and OPSD 3370.100 and OPSD 3370.101. This item shall include sandblasting of the concrete deck prior to waterproofmg. Materials shall be as prescribed in the MTO Designated Sources List. Payment for this item shall be made at the unit price bid per square metre - plan quantity, ' and shall be full compensation for all materials,labour and equipment required. Waterproofmg shall extend 0.5 m onto the approach slabs with a standard membrane ' treatment over the approach slab joint. This item shall include routing and sealing asphalt contraction joints at both ends of ' both approach slabs. Payment for this item shall be made at the unit price bid per square metre - plan quantity, ' and shall be full compensation for all materials, labour and equipment required. ITEM NOS. 1-12,2-15,3-10,4-6,5-14 &6-5 BONDING AND INSURANCE For the lump sum price bid,the Contractor shall provide indemnification, insurance and bonding for the contract as specified below. The bonds and insurance shall be supplied by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator upon the return of the signed Contracts. I GC 6.03—Contractor's Insurance As per GC 6.03.01.01,the requirement for the following additional insurance coverages are as follows: •GC 6.03.04—Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance—If applicable •GC 6.03.05—Property Insurance—Not applicable ' •GC 6.03.05—Boiler Insurance—Not applicable •GC 6.03.06—Contractor's Equipment Insurance-Applicable 1 I SP-11 GC 6.04 Bonding As per GC 6.04.01,the Contractor shall provide the Owner with the following surety bonds in the amounts noted: Performance Bond The Contractor shall provide a Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the total tender to guarantee the performance of all obligations of the contract. Labour and Material Bond The Contractor shall provide a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond in the amount of fifty percent(50%)of the total tender to guarantee that the Contractor will pay all claimants for ' goods and/or services supplied for the bonded project. Ontario Regulation 303/18 Forms 31 and 32 can be found at: ' http://ontariocourtforms.on.ca/en/construction-lien-act-forms/ Payment under this item will be made with the first payment certificate. PART lb—BRIDGE REPAIRS -PROVISIONAL ITEM NOS. 1-13 2-16,3-11,4-8,5-15 & 6-6 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those additional items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner,by the Contract Administrator, will be expended from this allowance. ITEM NOS. 1-14 &2-17 PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES FOR ACCESS ACROSS BRIDGE DECK If approved by the Municipality,under this item, the Contractor shall put measures into place to allow pedestrians to safely cross the bridge deck. ' At least two weeks prior to closing the road the Contractor shall submit a plan showing the proposed measures. As a minimum the following is required: • A slip resistant walking surface that spans removal areas with a minimum 1.5 m clear width. • Minimum 1.8 m high barrier on the construction side of the walking surface to protect pedestrians from airborne debris. • Minimum 1.2 m high side rails • Ramping at each end with a gradient not exceeding 1 Vertical: 24 Horizontal. • Signage indicating that pedestrians are to stay inside the pedestrian area. SP-12 1 The Contractor shall include any additional costs to maintain pedestrian access to the Wildfang Park and to Geddes park under this item. The selection of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for traffic control for the project. ITEM NO. 1-15 ' DRILL AND INSERT ADDITIONAL DOWELS If required, under this item,the Contractor shall supply and drill and grout 15M dowels up to 200 ' mm deep and 1400 mm long where required and directed by the Contract Administrator. This item is only for dowels identified as "provisional"on the contract drawings (deck edges),or not initially identified on the contract drawings (in abutment or wingwall patch repair locations). Grout shall be a two-part epoxy grout from the MTO Designated Sources List. The diameter of the holes shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the grout. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid for each grouted dowel and shall be full compensation for all labour, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work. ' ITEM NO. 1-16 ADDITIONAL REINFORCING STEEL If required, under this item,the Contractor shall supply, cut, and tie in place additional 20M reinforcing steel as directed by the Contract Administrator. This item is only for reinforcing steel identified as "provisional"on the contract drawings (deck edges, and deck top), or not initially identified on the contract drawings. Some original bars of the structure may have deteriorated and will, in the opinion of the Contract , Administrator,require replacement. This item is in part intended for the supply and placement of new reinforcing to supplement or replace the existing in badly deteriorated areas. The new reinforcing shall be placed after sandblasting the patch areas and immediately prior to pouring the concrete patches. ITEM NO. 1-17 SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF GALVANIC ANODES If approved by the Municipality, the work under this section consists of supplying and installing of zinc-based galvanic anodes within the bridge structure. Payment shall be made at the unit ' price bid per each anode installed. The anodes to be used on this project shall be Galvashield XP, 60 g,Type 1A Class P units or I accepted equivalent. r I SP-13 ' The anode units are installed along the perimeter of concrete repair and connected to the existing deck or reinforcing steel. After the anodes are installed and encased in concrete,the anodes will provide galvanic protection to the embedded steel. Galvanic anodes shall be installed along the perimeter of the repair or interface with spacing as directed by the Contract Administrator. Provide sufficient clearance between anodes and existing concrete to allow repair concrete to fully encase the anode. Secure the galvanic anodes as close as possible to the patch edge using the anode tie wires.The tie wires shall be wrapped around the cleaned reinforcing steel and twisted tight to allow little or no free movement and provide conductivity from the wires to the rebar. If the anode is to be tied onto a single bar, or if less than 25 nun of concrete cover is expected,place anode above the bar and secure to clean reinforcing ' steel. If sufficient concrete cover exists,the anode may be placed at the intersection between two bars and secured to each clean bar. ' Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per anode and shall include full compensation for supply and placement in accordance with the supplier's specifications. ' The selection of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for traffic control for the project. ITEM NO. 1-18 CORROSION PROTECTION FOR GIRDER ENDS AND AT DROP-IN LOCATIONS ' If approved by the Municipality, under this item the contractor shall coordinate the supply, installation, and energization of an activated zinc-based galvanic corrosion protection system for concrete structures including the required electrical connections,materials,testing, and ensuring ' continuity of the reinforcing steel as per written manufacturer's instructions. The galvanic corrosion protection system for this site shall be the Galvanode ASZ+humectant- ' activated metallized zinc coating system by Vector Corrosion Technologies [Tampa, FL(813) 830-7566] [Canada,647 998 8718] www.vector-corrosion.com. ' Included under this item, Vector Corrosion technologies shall supply a work plan outlining the details of the materials,the required methodology for preparation,and installation of the corrosion ' protection system. The anode system shall deliver sufficient zinc to provide galvanic corrosion protection to the reinforcing steel for a minimum of 15 years in a similar environment. Vector shall also review the product specifications for the beam patching material to ensure that the corrosion protection system is compatible with the beam patch repair material. The installation may be completed by the General Contractor if written approval is provided by Vector, and if Vector provides a written letter indicating that the installation was completed within general conformance of the material specifications. ' The corrosion protection system is to be applied to the ends of the girders adjacent to the abutments, and to the exterior girders at the drop-in connection locations as indicated on the contract drawings. SP-14 ' be noted that thegirders are bothprestressed and post-tensioned. It shall The existing painted coating covering graffiti on the beams adjacent to the abutments shall , be sandblasted prior to applying the corrosion protection system. Any additional costs required to gain access to the work area and to provide an enclosure ' shall be included under this item. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall be full compensation for all labour, ' materials and equipment necessary to complete the work. The selection of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for , traffic control for the project. ITEM NO. 1-19 CRACK INJECTION FOR BOTTOM FLANGES OF EXTERIOR GIRDERS , If approved, under this item the contractor shall inject cracks in the bottom flanges of the exterior girders (prestressed, and post-tensioned girders) with normal and low viscosity epoxy as indicated on the contract drawings. The work shall be completed as per OPSS 932. In general there are up to four lines of cracks on the bottom flange of the two outside girders measuring up to 0.5 mm in width. The cracks on the outside face of the girders are wider than the inside face of the girders. All of the cracking is anticipated to be passive cracking. It shall be noted that the girders are both prestressed and post-tensioned and special care shall be taken to avoid damaging the strands. A work plan sealed by a Professional Engineer experienced with crack sealing shall be submitted to the contract administrator at least two weeks prior to the planned injection date. The plan shall include: ' • CRACK IDENTIFICATION • GROUT SELECTION , • CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION • INJECTION PORT INSTALLATION • CRACK FLUSHING • CONCRETE CAP SEAL • GROUT INJECTION • SURFACE FINISHING • STORAGE and HANDLING OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall work with a technician designated by the Professional Engineer to identify , the cracks that are practical to repair, and the methodology and material required for the various crack sizes and locations. The plan shall be specific to the project site and shall include measurements taken from site. SP-15 The intent of the repair is to limit the amount of moisture that may penetrate the cracks in the future. ' Any additional costs required to gain access to the work area and to provide an enclosure shall be included under this item. ' Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall be full compensation for all labour, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work. The selection of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for traffic control for the project. ITEM NO. 1-20 EXTERNAL FIBREWRAP REINFORCEMENT AT GIRDER ENDS AND PIERS ' If approved,under this item the contractor shall coordinate the supply, and installation of carbon fibre reinforced polymer strips (CFRP) at the ends of the girders adjacent to the abutments and at ' pier locations as indicated on the contract drawings. It should be noted that if the Corrosion protection for the girder ends Item is approved,the area shall be masked to ensure that there will be a good bond between the FRP and the concrete surface. The paint that covers graffiti on the ' girders shall be removed by sand blasting prior to the installation of the FRP. The FRP shall not be applied over any coatings including the galvanic protection system. ' The FRP wrapping system shall be designed and installed as a hand applied wet lay-up system by Vector Corrosion Technologies [Tampa,FL(813) 830-7566] [Canada, 647 998 8718] www.vector-corrosion.com. The installation maybe completed bythe General Contractor if written approval isprovided P PP by Vector, and if Vector provides a written letter indicating that the installation was completed ' within general conformance of their specifications. The intent of the FRP installation is to: • To provide a nominal increase in shear resistance of the beams within 600 mm of the pier locations (Minimum 250 kN at U.L.S). • To provide a nominal increase in shear resistance within 600 mm of the abutment locations (Minimum 250 kN at U.L.S). • To provide some additional perimeter reinforcement to slow the rate of cracking in the girder flanges near the piers and abutments. Working drawings shall be provided and shall include at least the following information: a) Type of fibre, type of resin, and the rate of impregnation of the FRP wrapping system. b) Acceptable range of temperature and humidity levels required during the installation of ' the FRP wrapping system. c) Duration of curing period with reference to the levels of relative humidity and ambient and surface temperatures during installation and curing. SP-16 ' d) Installation procedures detailingthe locations,number of layers, orientation of all FRP Y wrapping system materials, and coatings being installed. e) Properties of the FRP wrapping system and other information The FRP wrapping system shall include, at minimum,the following components: a) Epoxy saturant/primer b) Epoxy primer/filler c) Levelling epoxy putty ' d) Unidirectional FRP fabric and epoxy resin e) Sealer and coatings. Anyadditional costs required to gain access to the work area and to provide an enclosure 9 shall be included under this item. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid and shall be full compensation for all labour, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work. The selection of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for ' traffic control for the project. ITEM NO. 1-21 1 PROVISIONS FOR WORKING WITH AND DISPOSING OF CONDUIT CONTAINING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL If required,under this item,the Contractor shall complete measures required to work with and dispose of conduits in the west curb and east sidewalk that are hazardous materials (asbestos). It is anticipated that these measures could include additional saw cutting,wetting concrete, disposal at registered landfills, etc. 111 The costs of any testing and sampling required shall be included under this item. The requirement of this item does not change the completion date or the time limits in place for ' traffic control for the project. ITEM NO. 1-22 CREDIT FOR EPDXY COATED REINFORCING TO REPLACE STAINLESS STEEL & GFRP Under this item,the contractor shall include the costs savings to use epoxy coated Grade 400R reinforcing steel instead of staiynless steeled GF 'as noted on the contract drawinpt 7 Sidewalk and curbs: D15002S,D15003G,D20004G,D15006S,D15007S,D20008G,D15009G Light pole bases: All reinforcement Parapet Walls: All reinforcement Approach slabs: F15006G,F15007G The costs savings is not to be included in the totals for Part lb of the contract. SP-17 PART 2a—ROAD AND APPROACHES ' ITEM NO.2-3 FULL DEPTH ASPHALT REMOVAL FROM APPROACHES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and material required to remove entire existing bituminous pavement, as indicated on the drawings, typical cross-section or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator, in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.330. Payment at the unit price bid and shall be full compensation for all labour and equipment required for full depth removal of the pavement from the approaches. ' ITEM NO.2-4 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER ' For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment, and materials required to remove and dispose of existing concrete curb or curb and gutter as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' The unit price bid shall include the cost of saw cutting the existing concrete curb to provide a straight joint between the existing and new curb. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of saw cutting the existing asphalt pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter being removed where appropriate. ITEM NO.2-5 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to ' remove and dispose of concrete sidewalks as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall include saw cutting existing concrete sidewalk at the limits established by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage, including damage to existing buildings, during the removal of existing sidewalks where applicable. ITEM NO.2-6 NEW CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER SYSTEMS (ALL TYPES) For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required for the complete construction of the specified style of concrete curb &gutter, in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 353 —Construction Specification for Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems. ' General Concrete shall conform with CAN/CSA A23.1 and shall be Exposure Class C-2 with the following specifications: • 32 MPa • 0.45 w/c ratio SP-18 ' • 5-8%Air Entrainment The submitted concrete mix design shall indicate the expected slump and if it is permitted to add ' water to the concrete mix on-site without exceeding the specified w/c ratio. When placing concrete curb and gutter by the slip form method, contraction joints shall be saw- ' cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 5.0 metres. When the concrete sidewalk is to be poured against the curb and gutter, contraction joints shall be saw-cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 3.0 metres. When placing concrete curb and gutter systems by the formwork method,the formwork shall be accordance with OPSS 919-Construction Specification for Formwork and Falsework. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the intent to use formwork at the pre- construction meeting. Cold Weather Concreting-The placing and protection of concrete curb and gutter systems in cold weather shall be in accordance to OPSS.MUNI.904—Construction Specification for Concrete Structures. No additional payment will be made for compliance with OPSS.MUNI.904. ITEM NO.2-7 NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to place concrete sidewalks where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction in accordance with OPSS 351. General Concrete shall conform with CAN/CSA A23.1 and shall be Exposure Class C-2 with the following specifications: • 32MPa • 0.45 w/c ratio • 5-8%Air Entrainment The submitted concrete mix design shall indicate the expected slump and if it is permitted to add water to the concrete mix on-site without exceeding the specified w/c ratio. OPSS 351 is amended to include the following: 351.05.01 - Concrete- coarse aggregate shall be crushed limestone 351.05.04 - Granular-the granular material shall be Granular"A". 351.07.02.02 - Granular Base-the placement depth of Granular"A" shall be 125 mm minimum or to the same depth as the sidewalk or drive. ' SP-19 ' 351.07.10 - Joints, all longitudinal and transverse joints shall be saw cut contraction joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing the sidewalk. ' These joints shall align with the control joints in the curb when sidewalk is placed against the curb and gutter. 351.07.09 - Sidewalks shall be given a broomed texture after fmishing with a float. ' Driveways' surface texture shall match existing. 351.10 - Basis of Payment-Granular"A"shall be paid under the item Granular"A" as specified in OPSS.MUNI 314. ' 351.07.14 - Cold Weather Concreting-The placing and protection of concrete sidewalks in cold weather shall be in accordance to OPSS.MUNI.904—Construction Specification for Concrete Structures. No additional payment will be made for compliance with OPSS.MUNI.904. ITEM NO.2-8 ' GRANULAR A FOR APPROACHES For the unit price bid per tonne,the Contractor shall supply,haul,place, fme grade and compact ' O.P.S.S. Granular A material to construct the roadway. If required for compaction,the material shall be wet down during placing and compaction. In the case of controversy, compaction for Granular A materials shall be at least 98% of the maximum dry density. A minimum depth of Granular A shall be indicated on the plans. ' An above average grading effort is expected from the Contractor to minimize the possibility of poor ride quality in the area of the structure. The Contractor will be required to grade the area (with a grader)such that localized variations in grade are kept to a minimum. ' The Contractor shall adjust for proposed grades,fme grade and compact the roadway to the grades shown on the plans unless directed otherwise by the Contract Administrator at the time of ' construction. Restoration of the roadway surface shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 301. ITEM NO. 2-9 RESTORE ROADWAY SURFACES For the lump sum bid,the Contractor shall fme grade the roadway surfaces and include water ' required for compaction and calcium for dust suppression. The Contractor shall fine grade and compact the roadway to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' An above average grading effort is expected from the Contractor to minimize the possibility of poor ride quality in the area of the structure. The Contractor will be required to grade the area (with a grader) such that localized variations in grade are kept to a minimum. The Contractor shall adjust for proposed grades,fine grade and compact the roadway to the ' grades shown on the plans unless directed otherwise by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Restoration of the roadway surface shall be in accordance with OPSS 301. SP-20 ' grading only)shall be placed and Granular A as required to complete the fine grading(fine gr g compacted under the Granular A for Approaches item. ITEM NO.2-10 MILL ASPHALT PAVEMENT Under this item the Contractor shall mill joints (40 mm deep) at the limits of the work zone as indicated on the contract drawings. Payment for milling shall be at the unit price bid per square metre and shall be full compensation for all labour, tools,equipment,hauling and disposing, including dumping fees. , ITEM NO.2-11 ASPHALT PAVEMENT General For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials,for the ' execution of paving work in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.310 for Marshall mixes of Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA). The Contractor's unitrice bid for this item shall also include all ramping, transverse joints, P P and/or removal of all transverse joints and all ramping at structures, sidewalk drops and driveway entrances, as identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. , If applicable, tack coating will be included and paid as a separate item in the contract. All asphalt plant operations shall comply with municipal regulations and ordinances governing the area in which the plant is located. Prequalification The road paving contractor for this project must have a current Ministry of Transportation (MTO)Financial/Qualification Rating of$1M or greater in the General Road Classification of work category. Thisqualification will not be required for miscellaneous paving of patches,boulevards or q driveways. The road paving contractor for this project must be prepared to provide their MTO Financial/Qualification Rating document to the Owner or Contractor Administrator if requested. The Contractor will be required to submit a mix designfor approval prior to commencing the paving operations. 310.05 Materials Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28. The Performance Graded Asphalt Cement(PGAC) will conform to OPSS.MUNI 1101 for the specified grade. ' SP-21 f310.06 Equipment OPSS.MUNI.310 is amended in that no surface trial coat area shall be required under this ' contract. Prior to paving,the Contractor shall submit a list of equipment that will be used. The list shall identify the make&model of the paving equipment and rollers. For the rollers,the Contractor shall also identify the Class of Roller and identify the Minimum Roller Combinations to be used on the contract as per Table 5 of OPSS.MUNI.310. ' 310.07 Construction The Contractor is responsible for all Quality Control (QC)testing. The QC documentation shall ' be made available to the Contract Administrator upon request. A through lane paving course shall be completed prior to placement of adjacent side roads, speed change lanes and other paved areas. 1 310.07.05 Sampling OPSS 310.07.05.01 Asphalt Cement-Asphalt cement sampling and testing is not a requirement of the contract. OPSS 310.07.05.02 Hot Mix Asphalt-When the Hot Mix Price Adjustment is part of the contract, Hot Mix asphalt sampling and testing is a requirement of the contract and all costs are to be paid by the Contractor. Sample sizes and frequency of samples shall be as per Table 6 of OPSS 310. 310.07.08- Widenings and Irregular Sections -450 mm stepped joints are required when placing HMA adjacent to existing paved areas with an existing asphalt depth of 80 mm or more. 310.07.09- Hot Mix Asphalt Padding-Padding shall be placed prior to placing the surface course of asphalt. The tonnage required for HMA padding will be included with the appropriate HMA item. 310.07.11.03-Transverse Joints-The third paragraph has been amended as follows: ' a) When a binder course is placed flush against an existing HMA pavement and a butt joint is to be made,the existing pavement shall be trimmed back to form a straight vertical surface. When the surface course is to be placed at a later date, temporary ramping shall be ' provided as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 208—Asphalt Joint Detail for Transverse Joints. 310.07.13 Tolerances The paving tolerance of OPSS.MU 1.310.07.13 shall be reviewed upon completion. Should the deviations exceed 6 mm on the binder course or 3 mm on the surface course, as measured in any direction with a 3m straight edge,the Contractor shall correct these deviations to the satisfaction of the Road Authority. Paving tolerances are not applicable to irregular sections of paving, or within 3 m of a butt joint with an existing HMA pavement. 310.08 Quality Assurance Quality Control laboratory testing shall be used for acceptance in place of Quality Assurance laboratory test results. All other Quality Assurance testing shall be performed by the Contract Administrator. SP-22 I 310.09 Measurement for Payment Measurement for payment of hot mix asphalt shall be by mass in tonnes based on tickets provided upon delivery of the material to the site,unless specified otherwise. Hot mix tickets must be submitted daily to ensure payment. Illegible tickets may be considered invalid. Tack coat shall be included in the unit price bid unless tack coat is listed as a separate item. Winter heat shall be included in the unit price bid unless winter heat is listed as a separate item. I Hot Mix Ticket Requirements • A minimum of 2 copies of the weigh tickets shall be delivered to the site. One copy is to remain with the Contract Administrators site representative. • Description/type of hot mix material shall be noted on the ticket • Truck number/driver or some other form of identification shall be noted on the ticket • Gross tonnes,Tare tonnes and Net tonnes shall be noted on the ticket • Must be legible • Must be submitted daily Hot Mix Price Adjustment for HL-3 and HL-4 Payment to the contractor for hot mix HL-3 and HL-4 to be based on changes to the Ministry of Transportation's performance graded asphalt cement price index as presented herein. The price index will be published monthly in the MTO Contract Bulletin and displayed on the I OHMPA(www.ohmpa.org) and the MTO website(www.raqs.mto.gov.on.ca). The price index will be used to calculate the amount of the payment adjustment per tonne of new asphalt cement accepted into the Work. The price index will be based on the price,excluding taxes,FOB the depots in the Toronto area, of asphalt cement grade PG 58-28 or equivalent. One index will be used to establish and calculate the payment adjustment for all grades. A payment adjustment per tonne of new asphalt cement will be established for each month in I which paving occurs when the price index for the month differs by more than 5%from the price index established by the Contract Administrator. When the price index differential is less than 5%,there will be no payment adjustment for that month. Payment adjustments due to changes in the price index are independent of any other payment adjustments made to hot mix tender items. I The payment adjustment per tonne will apply to the quantity of new asphalt cement in the hot mix accepted into the Work during the month for which it is established. The payment adjustment for the month will be calculated from the following formulae: I SP-23 Asphalt Cement Price Adjustment,PA P I Paving Within Approved Paving Beyond Approved p Contract Time Contract Time Ip> 1.05ITo PA=(Ip- 1.05ITo)x TAC PA=(IAT- 1.05ITo)x TAC Ip<0.95ITo PA=(0.951 ITo—Ip)x TAC Where: PA = payment adjustment for new asphalt cement,in dollars ' ITo = performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month prior to Tender Opening or price index established by the contract Administrator as noted below Ip = performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month in which paving occurs IAT performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month of expiry of approved Contract Time TAC = quantity of new asphalt cement in tonnes ' The tender price and Hot Mix Price Adjustment will be based on$850/tonne liquid asphalt. The quantity of new asphalt cement includes all grades of asphalt cement supplied by the 1 Contractor with and without polymer modifiers. For each month in which a payment adjustment has been established,the quantity will be calculated using the hot mix quantity accepted into the Work and its corresponding asphalt cement content as required by the job mix formula expect for ' mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement. For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement,the increase due the Contractor or the ' rebate due the owner will be calculated as if virgin hot mix asphalt has been supplied. This fairly reflects the increasing value of the Contractor's RAP pile when AC prices are increasing and the opposite when they are declining. ' The quantity of new asphalt cement includes all grades of asphalt cement supplied by the Contractor with and without polymer modifiers. For each month in which a payment adjustment has been established,the quantity will be calculated using the hot mix quantity accepted into the Work and its corresponding asphalt cement content as required by the job mix formula except for mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement. ' For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, or roof shingle tabs, or both,the quantity of new asphalt cement will be determined from the difference between the asphalt cement ' content required by the job mix formula and the asphalt cement content of the reclaimed asphalt pavement,or the roof shingle tabs, or both incorporated into the hot mix, as calculated by the Contract Administrator. For mixes containing a liquid anti-stripping additive,the quantity of anti-stripping additive will be deducted from the quantity of new asphalt cement. No other deductions will be made for any other additives. For progress payment purposes,payment adjustments will be made on the monthly progress payment certificate for the months in which hot mix paving occurs. Final compacted thicknesses shall be as follows: SP-24 • • Over bridge deck waterproofing: 40 mm HL-3 over 40 mm HL-4 • Over concrete of approach slabs: 40 mm HL-3 over 40 mm HL-4 • Over granular: 50 mm HL-3 over 40 mm HL-4 ITEM NO.2-12 SUPPLY AND ERECT GALVANIZED STEEL BEAM GUIDERAIL AND CHANNEL, AND END TREATMENTS,INCLUDING STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS At the unit price bid per for these items the Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, and equipment to supply and install steel beam guiderail(and channel), and end treatments where shown on the contract drawings and as specified in OPSS.MUNI 721 and 732. Included in the unit price is the cost of the special attachment beam and channel for connecting to the ends of the bridge parapet walls. ITEM NO.2-13 1 SITE RESTORATION At the conclusion of the work,the Contractor shall topsoil,hydro-seed and mulch all disturbed surfaces. A thin layer of topsoil with seed and mulch shall extend down the disturbed stream channel. ' Topsoil shall be approved material native to the site or good quality imported topsoil. The Contractor shall fine grade areas to receive topsoil to a uniform surface. The Contractor shall I uniformly spread and rake the topsoil to a depth of 75 mm. OPSS 802 shall apply. Seeding and application of cover shall be done to OPSS.MUNI 804 with a mix approved by the I Conservation Authority and the Municipality as per the OPSS standard application rate. The Contractor shall use a standard hydraulic or straw mulch cover. Included in this item is the restoration of private driveways disturbed by construction activities. The Contractor shall also provide temporary access detours for driveways blocked by construction or excavation. Under this item,the Contractor shall restore all other areas disturbed by the construction including regrading,resurfacing or repaving areas used for stockpiling, equipment set-up, etc. Topsoil seeding and mulching may be required at different stages to protect completed works and the Contractor shall not be paid extra for separate stages of application. Payment for topsoil, seed,mulch, and restoration shall be made at the lump sum bid. Unit prices shall not apply to this project because the area of disruption is dependent on the Contractor's methods. I I ' SP-25 ITEM NO.2-14 SUPPLY AND INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES FOR PEDESTRIAN CROSSING For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to install the detectable warning surfaces. The warning surface shall be yellow in colour and shall be cast iron. ' References Canadian Standards Association CSA B651-2012 Accessible Design for the Built Environment American Society of Testing and Materials ASTM A 48 Standard Specification for Grey Iron Castings ASTM C 1028 Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamomter Pull-Meter Method ASTM C 501-84 Standard Test Method for Relative Resistance to Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by the Taber Abraser Ontario Provincial Legislation O. Reg. 191/11 Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act,2005 Materials Tactile Walking Surface Indicators shall comply with O. Reg. 191/11 Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005, OPSD 310.039 and meet the following requirements. Standard Property Minimum Result ASTM A 8 Tensile Strength Class 30B ASTM C 1028 Slip Resistance Dry 0.8 min,wet 0.65 min ASTM C 501-84 Wear Resistance Wear Index: >15 The truncated domes shall be of uniform size and shape. Units shall be uniform in texture,be free from pouring faults, sponginess, cracks,blowholes,and other defects, and have clean-cut ' and well-defined edges. All surfaces shall be uniform and free of flaking rust or mounts of rust or debris. Tactile walking surface indicators shall have ribs cast to the underside of the unit, have vent holes, and have a minimum plate thickness of 5 mm. Installation Tactile walking surface indicators shall be set and pressed into wet concrete to fmal elevation according to OPSD 310.033 and as per the manufacturer's recommendations. Remove any wet concrete that may spill onto tactile walking surface indicator surface. 1 I SP-26 PART 2b ROAD AND APPROACHES PROVISIONAL- ITEM NO.2-18 1 PERMANENT LINE PAINTING,PERMANANENT PAVEMENT MARKINGS For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for mixing t and applying pavement markings. The Contractor will mark all lines and symbols in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 11 and MTOD Standard Drawing MTOD 101.070. Materials Paint I 1. Alkyd reflectorized traffic paint to CGSB 1-GP 149 M. 2. Colour: to CGSB 1-GP-12C; Yellow 505-308. 1 Thinner to CGSB 1-GP-5 M. Execution Equipment I Paint applicator to be an approved pressure type distributor capable of applying paint in single or double and dashed lines and that will ensure uniform application and having a positive shut-off. Obliterating i Obliterating will not be required as the painting is only for new surfaces. Conditions of Surface I Pavement surface to be free from surface water, frost, ice, dust, oil, grease and other foreign materials. 111 Application ' 1. Pavement marking will be laid out to replicate existing and as determined by the Contract Administrator. 2. Unless otherwise approved by the Contract Administrator, apply paint only when air temperature is above 10°C and no rain in forecast. 3. Apply traffic paint evenly at a rate of 3 m2/L. 4. Do not thin paint unless approved by Contract Administrator. 5. Symbols and letters to conform to dimensions indicated on drawings. 6. Paint lines to be of uniform colour and density with sharp edges. 7. Pavement marking colour as per contract drawings. 8. Pavement markings to be within±15 mm or dimensions specified. 9. Protect pavement markings until dry. ' I SP-27 10. The unit price for pavement markings shall be for one(1) application of paint. All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS 710. PART 3a-WATERMAIN ITEM NO.3-1 TO 34 &3-9 WATERMAIN INSTALLATION Work Plan Prior to site activities,the Contractor shall submit a Work Plan for review by the Contract Administrator. The Work Plan shall provide the following construction details: • connection point(s)between existing and new watermains • source water connection(s) . cross-connection prevention procedures and equipment • temporary watermains, if any • swabbing details • hydrostatic pressure test details t • disinfection details • dechlorination details . flushing water disposal details • details of final connection to existing watermain • details of final connection to existing services . installation methods for the watermain to be hung from the existing bridge including method and disposal for removal of existing watermain,hangers,brackets, insulation(asbestos), etc. • Emergency/unplanned repairs I • Tracer Wire conductivity testing procedures The Contractor shall allow two weeks for the review and approval of the Work Plan. No site work shall proceed until the Work Plan has been approved by the Contract Administrator. The Work Plan shall be submitted no later than at the pre-construction meeting. IWatermain Construction and Materials The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of the proposed disruption of service to make all connections to the existing distribution system. The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service disruption to residences. Property owners shall be informed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in advance, as to when these disruptions will occur. All costs associated with providing notice to the property owners shall be borne by the Contractor. Only authorized Operating Authority personnel shall operate valves on existing watermains for the purpose of controlling water. No person other than the authorized Operating Authority personnel shall shut down or charge any section of existing watermain or operate any valve for the purpose of controlling water from existing watermains. 1 SP-28 I The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority at least 48 hours advance notice when a change in control of the water is required. All necessary water supply interruptions shall be scheduled in co-operation with the local operating authority. The Contractor shall comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act(SDWA) and all applicable regulations made in accordance with that act, including but not limited to the Drinking Water Works Permit(DWWP), the Municipal Drinking Water License(MDWL) and the most current version of ANSI/AWWA C651. Both the DWWP and the MDWL can be made available to the Contractor by the Contract Administrator upon request.For the purpose of the DWWP Condition 2.3,the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks "Watermain Disinfection Procedure",replaces ANSI/AWWA C651-Standard for disinfecting watermains with respect to cleaning,tapping,maintenance and repairs of watermains, appurtenances and fittings. All chemicals and materials used in the alteration or operation of the drinking water system that I come into contact with water within the system shall meet all applicable standards set by both the American Water Works Association("AWWA") and the American National Standards Institute ("ANSI") safety criteria standards NSF/60,NSF/61 and NSF/372. The Contractor shall operate only those valves,hydrants and curb stops installed in their contract during the construction period and only prior to the date of acceptance of the Contractor's work. After the works are accepted,only the local operating authority may operate the system. Basis of Payment I The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in placing,restraining, connecting,testing, flushing and disinfecting all watermain and fittings, as outlined in OPSS.MUNI 441 and restoration outside general grading operations. The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and backfill up to subgrade and/or original ground. The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the excavation, removal, disposal, granular backfill in void from existing watermain removal,of the existing watermain. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne by the Contractor. Measurement shall be made by horizontal metre. Watermain Materials Materials I All materials for watermains,valves, valve boxes, etc.,shall be supplied by the Contractor. All materials supplied under this contract shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable AWWA standard. Oils and lubricants used in assembly shall be 'Food Grade' and shall comply with the latest edition of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. No substitutes without Operating Authority approval or the approval of the Operating Authority. I I SP-29 Watermain Watermain material shall be Polyvinyl Chloride PVC DR18—AWWA C900 or C905. Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot with elastomeric gaskets conforming to ASTM D3139. Gate Valves and Boxes Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard Ioperating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut. All valves to be supplied with"0"ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise. Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve slide type with guide plate. Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval of the Operating Authority. Resilient-seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509. IFittings All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint(MJ)type with adaptors to suit other materials,where necessary. All fittings including hydrants must be suitably restrained with approved mechanical restraints. Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 and the rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C111,pressure rating 1035 kPa. Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be the Mueller Canada Valve New Century type or approved McAvity equivalent. Hydrant specifications as follows: 111 • 2-64 mm hose connections (Ontario standard thread) • 1 - 100 mm"Storz"type pumper connection painted black • Hydrants shall open counter-clockwise • Colour shall be RED • Operating nut shall be 32 mm square I • Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above finished grade • Bury depth 1.8 m. Dry-barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502. All hydrant leads shall be 150 mm diameter and shall be supplied from watermain of not less than 150 mm diameter. 1 SP-30 I Services-Min. 19 mm,Max.50 mm • Corporation stops—Mueller,C.C. thread inlet/compression joint outlet. ' • Curb Stop—Mueller, compression joint inlet/compression joint outlet or approved equivalent. • Pipe-to be Cross-linked polyethylene(PEX)conforming to AWWA C904 or Type `K' copper. The unit price shall include the cost of supply and installation of tracer wire on non- metallic piping. • Service tubing shall be installed to a minimum depth of 1.7 m cover. • Service Boxes—Model No. D-1 by Concord-Clow or Mueller equivalent. Service box and stem(1.4 m to 1.7 m)with 25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed with brass pentagon plug c/w standard stationary rod. • Service saddles—Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted, broad band. I Underground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C800. Model numbers shall be stamped on all valves and materials. Design I It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the performance of the pipe and the restraining systems. I Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be subjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and I following construction of the works. Cathodic Protection I a) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)or Polyethylene(PE)Mainline Piping as per OPSD 1109.011. h Appurtenance Method of Protection Piping Not required Fittings One anode per each and sacrificial zinc nuts 111 Mechanical Restraints Sacrificial zinc nuts • Anode sizes shall be 5.5 kg for watermain appurtenances up to and including 300 mm 1 diameter and 11.0 kg for watermain appurtenances greater than 300 mm. • Anodes for steel pipe encasement shall be 11.0 kg for all sizes. • Sacrificial zinc nuts shall be of the Protecto-Cap type and installed on each bolt. Excavation All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the limits of the contract. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid per meter of watermain. I SP-31 Installation of Services ' For the unit price bid per each,the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main, installing saddles where applicable,corporation stops and curb stops c/w service box, including all connections to new and existing mains and services. For the unit price bid per lineal metre,the Contractor shall include the cost of installing water service tubing by means of trenching and/or boring. All services shall be installed to a depth as noted on the Watermain Materials Specification. For connections to existing service tubing,the excavation for the curb stop shall not be backfilled until the new service has been connected to the existing. The Contract Administrator may request the Contractor backfill certain services before the connection is made. Payment for re-excavating the service shall not be made. All servicing tubing shall be disinfected in the presence of the Contract Administrator before installation. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours' notice before making these connections. ' At each service location,the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions extending above the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. The unit price bid shall include all restoration. 1 Tapping of Watermains j Where existing watermains are to be tapped,the pipe surface at the location of the tap shall be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution. Where applicable, the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of mainstops, service saddles,tapping sleeves and 1 valves which will come into contact with drinking water shall likewise be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation prior to use,the cleaning and disinfection procedure shall be repeated. Removal of Existing Mains,Services,Hydrants and Fittings For the unit prices bid for watermain construction,the Contractor shall include the removal of existing mains and services when required, and/or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of the work. Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Workshop. Bedding,Embedment and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. SP-32 Bedding and embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe for whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill shall be granular to subgrade and include a 150 mm thick layer of Granular A and 450 mm thick layer of Granular B under asphalt surfaces. It shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. I All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the contractor outside the limits of the contract. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of the installed piping; as such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. Tracer Wire I All PVC watermain and all non-metallic services shall have a Type TWU, No. 12/7 stranded copper conductor with thermoplastic insulation, in accordance with CSA C22.2 No. 75, colour shall be blue, rated for underground use, installed as a tracer wire with the pipe, each main line valve box or chamber. The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres. The tracer wire shall be looped at every valve,hydrant, and fitting. The tracer wire shall be secured within the valve boxes and chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum 600 mm of loose wire. All spliced or repaired wire connections, in the tracer wire system, shall be made with manufactured,approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use. I Compaction Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. 111 The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment 1 shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before P PP power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. ' • SP-33 iConductivity Test Before the fmal connection to the existing main,the Contractor shall demonstrate the integrity of ' the new underground tracer wire by applying a conductivity signal and confirming the signal correlation on all waterma ins and services. The Owner and the Contract Administrator must 1 witness the conductivity test(s). Connection to Existing Main For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to reconnect the existing main to the new main with restrained couplers (Multi Joint). The length of the reconnection shall not exceed one standard pipe length(i.e. 6 metres). After the pressure,leakage,chlorine residual and bacteriological tests have passed,the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Contract Administrator to make the fmal watermain connection to the existing water distribution system. The Contractor shall contact the Operating Authority a minimum of 48 hours prior to any service or watermain connection the existing system to determine if any special measures must be taken and to schedule an appropriately licensed operating authority employee to oversee the connections.All connections to existing watermains, including service connections shall be completed between the hours of 7 a.m. to 4 p.m.,Monday to Friday. The Contractor will be liable for all costs for the Operating Authority staff outside the approved connection timing . window noted above and if the Contractor fails to notify the Operating Authority that the 1 connection will not take place. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the fmal connection of the new watermain to the existing water distribution system to enable the Contract Administrator to witness the entire process. Watermains shall be cut back to remove all temporary taps. The Contractor shall disinfect the P P connection watermain as outlined below and shall,using all means possible, dewater the ' watermains and trench in a controlled manner to not allow backflow into any existing watermains. The Contract Administrator at their discretion may require the Contractor to flush water through a nearby fire hydrant to remove water with elevated chlorine residual. If trench water, dirt or debris has entered the watermain during the fmal connection, the watermain shall be aggressively flushed and additional bacteriological samples shall be taken as determined by the Contract Administrator or the Operating Authority. The Contract Administrator reserves the right to request the above steps be taken regardless. ' The new piping, fittings and valves required for the connection shall be spray-disinfected and swabbed with a sodium hypochlorite solution of minimum 1% and maximum 5% chlorine just prior to being installed. During the fmal connection,the Contractor shall connect new tracer wire to the existing tracer wire or CADWELD to existing main to provide conductivity. I SP-34 I Anode Installation For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt. For buried anodes, connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, valve,fitting,hydrant, etc.,with "double nut"type connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground connections supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe, valve,fitting,etc. Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations. I Emergency/Unplanned Repairs Should there be the need for an emergency unplanned repair,the Contractor shall immediately g Y or P contact the Operating Authority and the Operator-In-Charge shall conduct a visual inspection to determine the nature of the break. The Operator-In-Charge will assess the evidence of I Contamination or potential Contamination of the watermain before and during the repair procedure, and shall classify the break as a Category 1 break or a Category 2 break. QUEEN STREET BRIDGE WATERMAIN CROSSING AND ASSOCIATED HANGING OF WATERMAIN Under this item,the Contractor will be paid at the unit price to supply and install insulated watermain on the bridge as shown on the drawings and detailed below. The price per metre shall be considered full compensation for the supply and installation of all pipe,fittings, insulation, aluminum jackets,hangers, expansion coupling, and transition I couplings etc. a) Pipe Material I Pipe material to be stainless steel manufactured in accordance with ASTM Specification A240 for Type 304L stainless steel and supplied with all flanges where required. I Pipe and fittings shall be pickled in the manufacturer's plant and cleaned of all discolouration to remove any iron picked up from the manufacturing process. All field welds shall be treated with pickling paste,scrubbed and washed with stainless wire brushes until clean. Completed pipelines shall be washed with steam or hot water to remove any dirt picked up during transport, or on the construction site. Particular care shall be exercised during fabrication and installation to avoid contact of stainless steel pipe with steel materials to avoid contamination of stainless steel by rusting of imbedded material. Stainless steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the following table: I I I SP-35 Diameter mm Equivalent Minimum Approximate ( ) Gauge Thickness(mm) ' 50- 200 US 14 2.0 250—300 US 12 2.8 350-450 US 11 3.2 Where pipe is to be embedded in concrete, wall thickness shall be increased to a minimum of one 1 gauge thicker than shown above. Unless specified otherwise, all piping shall be suitable for a test pressure of 1035 kPa. Elbows up to 450 mm diameter shall be smooth design,pressed type and welded. Elbows of greater diameter shall be mitered design with at least three sections for 45E bends, and five sections for 90E bends. Stub ends for flanges shall be suitable for Vanstone flanges. Pipe up to 400 mm shall be pressed flared type,pipes over 400 mm shall have rolled angle type with minimum thickness equal to the greater of pipe wall or US 11 gauge equivalent. Backing flanges shall be carbon steel, galvanized and drilled to CSA B 16.1, Class 125 standards, as follows: I Pipe Diameter(mm) Flange Thickness(mm) Up to 250 19 250- 300 25 350-400 29 Where flange adaptors are used, a 100 mm wide collar shall be welded to the pipe to increase the wall thickness. Thickness of collar to suite adaptor used. Unless otherwise shown all bolts and nuts for flanged connections shall be galvanized. Pipe joints to be field welded to AWWA Standard C206. Ib) Pipe Expansion Couplings Pipe expansion couplings to be Robar Model 8808 or approved equal. Supply and install two (2) in total, one(1) at each abutment. c) Transition Couplings Transition couplings to be Robar Model 1906 or approved equal. Supply and install two (2) in ' total, one(1) at each abutment. d) Pipe Supports Pipe supports to be Trapeze Roller Hanger complete with protection saddles, long roll, sockets, axel,hanger rods,nuts, and washers all at locations shown on the drawings. Pipe support components to be E. Myatt Figure 261 or approved equal. I SP-36 I e) Insulation Insulation to be one of the following acceptable alternatives: ' • Shop applied rigid polyurethane foam, 50 mm thick, complete with fabricated halfshell kits for pipe joints. Acceptable product to be U.I.P. foam system. , • Field applied rigid closed-cell foamglass, 50 mm thick,fabricated to be compatible with installed pipe. Acceptable products in FOAMGLAS Insulation manufactured by Pittsburgh ' Corning Corporation or approved equal. f) Insulation Jacketing t Insulation jacketing to be field applied corrugated aluminum,0.4 mm(0.016")thick, complete with laminated moisture barrier and factory-supplied installation components. Acceptable product is 1TW Insulation Systems manufactured by Pabco/Childers Metal, or approved equal. g) Supply of Shop Drawings ' The Contractor shall: • Submit shop drawings showing the dimensions and layout of the piping,bends,hangers, and 1 couplings etc. Drawings which do not conform with the contract drawings and specifications shall be rejected. • Be responsible for the information given in the drawings and correct any errors caused by the said drawings. • Submit four(4)copies,plus the number of copies required for his own purposes,of all drawings for review. • Note that only drawings to scale shall be considered and N.T.S. marked-up drawings will not be accepted. • Note that the Engineer's review of any drawings does not relieve the Supplier,Fabricator,or Contractor from the responsibility of supplying materials as indicated on the Engineer's drawings or as specified in the Contract Documents. I TEMPORARY POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION If the Contractor proposes to supply, install, maintain and remove a temporary water distribution I system, or if a temporary system has been identified in the Schedule of Items and Prices,the Contractor shall follow the requirements of OPSS 493-CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION FOR TEMPORARY POTABLE WATER SUPPLY SERVICES and the following: Submission Requirements ' Prior to installing the temporary water distribution system, a detailed plan of the system shall be provided by the Contractor and approved by the Contract Administrator. The plan shall detail the following: 1 SP-37 a) Temporary potable water supply services plans including installation, operation,testing procedures, and a list of material and equipment to be used ' b) Temporary hydrant details c) connection points d) materials e) mainline and service sizes f) sampling points g) emergency procedures 1 h) and other related information about the temporary water system The Contractor shall provide a 100 mm dia.Temporary watermain from Stn 1+205 to 1+497 I across the bridge. In Appendix A,a figure has been provided to show the proposed connection points for the temporary water system and the approximate locations of the water services that will be maintained(left in use)during this project. ' MATERIALS 1 493.05.01 General All chemicals and materials used in the alteration or operation of the drinking water system that come into contact with water within the system shall meet all applicable standards set by both the American Water Works Association("AWWA") and the American National Standards Institute ("ANSP") safety criteria standards NSF/60, NSF/61 and NSF/372. 1 • Watermain material shall comply with AWWA C900 for PVC pressure pipe sizes ' between 100 mm dia. and 300 mm dia. or AWWA C901 for PE pressure pipe sizes between 50 mm and 76 mm. • The minimum pipe size shall be 100 mm for mainlines and 19 mm for individual service I • connections. • The maximum pipe size shall be that of the watermain being placed. • All temporary watermains and services shall be clearly marked as being in compliance ' with NSF/ANSI Standard 61 493.05.04 Temporary hydrants are not a requirement of this contract. CONSTRUCTION 493.07.01 General Connection to the private plumbing system of a residential unit shall be made to the existing buried service. The Contractor shall contact the resident to coordinate the connection time. 1 An adequate water supply shall be available at all times. If the temporary potable water supply fails, it shall be restored within 24 hours. A supply of potable water shall be made available by the Contractor to the customer in the interim. SP-38 , 493.07.03 Service Connections The service connection piping shall be installed at the same time as the main line in order that ' disinfection is accomplished on the service piping. Connection shall not be made to the water user until the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing requirements have been satisfied. A check valve shall be installed on the service connection between the mainline and the connection to the water user. Prior to connection to water users, individual service lines shall be thoroughly flushed. A typical service connection shall include excavation and uncovering of the existing service connection to existing pipe, installation of curb stop,backfilling of temporary connections. Location ' The temporary distribution piping shall be installed behind the curb or in a location that will not be generally disturbed by other works such as that occurring on the bridge. Temporary service piping shall be installed along the edge of existing driveways or in a suitable location to avoid grass-cutting conflicts. The contractor may need to stage/relocate the installation of the temporary watermain as required to complete the bridge work and reconstruction work. Any staging or relocation of the temporary system shall be accounted for in the lump sum price provided for the temporary watermain item including relocation,re-testing, and related works. All above ground piping shall be installed with appropriate ramping or burial such that the piping will: • not to be endangered by equipment or vehicular traffic • not pose a hazard for pedestrians (tripping, etc.) • provide a barrier-free access , • be constructed to safeguard against vandalism and tampering. Isolation Valves 1 Isolation valves are required at the source water connection,branches(2 on 3 way, 3 on 4 way) and at every service. 493.07.02 Temporary Watermains In addition to the requirements of 493.07.02,the connection of the temporary water system to the existing distribution system must be done in a secure location and be vandal and tamper resistant. A cross-connection control device is required to separate the two systems as long as the temporary system is in service. The cross-connection control device shall be a double check or a reduced pressure type assembly and shall be installed,maintained, and field-tested in accordance with the latest edition of CAN/CSA-B64 Series Manual and disinfected prior to installation. SP-39 Source water connections to fire hydrants are discouraged unless the Contractor can demonstrate that the hydrant has been disinfected and thoroughly flushed. The Owner assumes no ' responsibility for the quality of water obtained from a hydrant. After disinfection,the hydrant must be pressurized at all times that it serves as a source of potable water. 1 493.07.04 Temporary Hydrants If Temporary Hydrants are specified under 493.05.04,then the Contractor shall include a 1 maintenance program in with the Temporary Watermain Submission Plan. 493.07.07 Pressure Testing and Leakage All aboveground piping must be regularly inspected to ensure leak tight connections at the �' PP beginning and during the period that the temporary water distribution is in use. 1 At the discretion of the Contract Administrator,buried temporary water distribution piping must satisfy hydrostatic pressure testing. tOperation The temporary water distribution system must be continually pressurized after the bacteriological testing is completed and be capable of supplying normal water demands throughout its installation. All service connections shall be disinfected in the presence of the Contract Administrator before connecting. ' 493.07.08 Chlorine Residual and Bacteriological Testing 1 After the temporary water system is installed(mainlines and services) in its fmal location but before service piping is connected to the water users,the temporary water distribution system must be disinfected to satisfy the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing standards specified under the Swabbing,Hydrostatic Pressure Testing,Disinfection and Flushing of Watermains Special Provision. Samples must be collected at the end of each branch (individual services under 50 mm are exempt unless determined otherwise by the Contract Administrator)and at maximum 350 m intervals. If a water sample is shown adverse in accordance with O.Reg. 170/03 after the temporary water distribution system is in service,the Contract Administrator will notify the Contractor as soon as possible. The severity of the problem will be assessed and corrective action determined by the Contract Administrator. If the temporary water system must be disconnected,the Contractor ' must supply bottled water or an alternate water supply to the interrupted water users. Before the temporary water system can be placed back into operation, it must satisfy the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing standards and protocols used to initially commission the temporary Isystem. Analytical fees and cost of gathering samples for the temporary system will be the Contractor's 1 responsibility. SP-40 I Off-Hours Corrective Action In the event that corrective action is needed to the temporary water distribution system outside of normal working hours,the Contract Administrator and/or the Owner will attempt to contact the Contractor to take corrective actions. If, in the sole opinion of the Owner,the Contractor is unable to make the corrections in a timely manner,the Owner may direct their own forces to take corrective steps. The Contractor will be liable for any costs incurred by the Owner. Relocation of Temporary System The relocation of the temporary water system either in whole or parts by any means without I conducting and passing the chlorine residual and bacteriological requirements shall not be permitted. Relocation here is defined as depressurizing and moving the pipework in order to service other water users. 493.07.09 Removal of Temporary Potable Water Supply Services In addition to the requirements of OPSS 493.07.09 regarding the mid-April to mid-October window for implementing a temporary potable water supply service and a removal date of mid- November for the temporary water supply,the Contractor shall be prepared to protect the water supply from freezing, at his cost, should the temperatures drop below freezing while the temporary system is in use. 1 Basis of Payment for Temporary Watermain If a separate item is provided for in the Tender Form,payment shall be as follows: , (a) 60% for initial installation, flushing, disinfecting,testing and connections (b) 30% for maintenance to be paid in proportion to the permanent work completed (c) 10% for removal ITEM NO.3-5 RIGID BOARD INSULATION For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall excavate for,backfill, supply and place 100 mm thick rigid board insulation above the watermain at locations shown on the drawing or to the limits as established by the Contract Administrator as per OPSD 1109.030. The All granular material required below the insulation and for backfilling to sub-grade shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. The unit price shall be by lineal metre measurement along the centreline of the pipe to be insulated and shall be full compensation for the supply and placement of all the insulation along the top and both sides of the pipe. Material , The rigid board insulation shall have a minimum compressive strength of 275 kPa. Styrofoam HI-40 or approved equivalent. , SP-41 Installation ' • The rigid board insulation shall be installed 300mm maximum above the utility to be protected and shall be installed over 150mm of level, granular material. • A minimum of 200mm of granular material shall be placed over the insulation before compaction equipment is used. • Rigid boards shall butt tightly together without gaps. Ends shall be staggered if more than one layer is used. • The minimum width of rigid board shall not be less than 900mm in width. ITEM NO.3-6 SWABBING,HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING,DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING OF WATERMAINS For the lump sum bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the temporary connection,testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains,services and appurtenances in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS.MUNI 441 for pressure testing, AWWA C651 for disinfection and connection to waterworks system with the exception of the cleaning,tapping, maintenance and repair of watermains, appurtenances and fittings as ' these procedures shall follow the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks document"Watermain Disinfection Procedure". General The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a physical ' separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by the Contract Administrator and the Operating Authority. Water required to fill the new main for hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary ' connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection shall include e an appropriate cross-connection control device consistent with the degree of hazard(a double check valve assembly,used above or below ground level) or a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer(used above ground level ONLY). The cross-connection control device operation shall be in accordance with CAN/Canadian Standards Association-B64 Series Manual and disinfected prior to installation. The backflow preventer shall be disconnected (physically separated) from the new main during the hydrostatic pressure test. It will be necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the hydrostatic pressure test to swab,chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final connection of the new main to the waterworks system. (Refer to both AWWA C651 and the most recent version of the MOECC document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure"). ' At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. At vacant lot locations,these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the unit price bid. I SP-42 1 Materials 1 All chemicals and materials that come into contact with the water within the system when used in the alteration, operation,disinfecting and testing of the drinking water system shall conform to the following American Water Works Association(AWWA)and the American National Standards Institute(ANSI) safety criteria standards: • AWWA B300 for Hypochlorites • AWWA B301 for Liquid Chlorine 1 • NSF/ANSI 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals—Health Effects • NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects • NSF/372,Drinking Water System Components—Lead Content Construction The sequence of events for this item shall be 1) Swabbing,2)Hydrostatic Pressure Testing, 3) Disinfection,4)Flushing and Dechlorination 5)Bacteriological Testing 1. Swabbing Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the main. 1 A minimum of two (2)new swabs shall be passed through each section of main line pipe, hydrant lead and all services larger than 75 mm,to ensure that there is no blockage,debris, etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing operation. Swabs shall be polyurethane with a density of 24.7 kg/m3 and shall have a minimum diameter 50 mm larger than the diameter of the watermain and have a minimum length of one and one half times its diameter. Swabs shall be propelled through the watermain at a speed of 0.5 to 1.0 m/s using potable water. The Contractor shall discharge water to an approved outlet ensuring all required erosion and sediment control and dechlorination measures are followed. The swabbing shall be repeated until the discharge water runs clear within ten seconds of the last swab exiting the discharge point or until the Operating Authority is satisfied with the clarity of the water. The Contractor shall mark,number and demonstrate to the Contract Administrator that all swabs, or parts thereof,have been retrieved. The Contractor shall be liable for costs associated with damage caused by and retrieving swabs that, for whatever reasons, escape into the existing water distribution system. 1 All swab launch or swab retrieval locations shall extend above the finished grade elevation and be capped when not in use to prevent debris and contaminants from entering the system. 2. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing y g The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 441.07.24 Hydrostatic Testing and under the supervision of the Contract Administrator. 1 ' SP-43 3. Disinfection ' Service pipes of 50 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the purposes of this procedure. For service pipes of diameters less than 50 mm,the Contractor shall maintain sanitary conditions during installation and/or repairs, and shall clean and flush prior to placing in service. The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority 48 hours' notice before making the service connections. The method of disinfecting the main shall be identified on the Testing Submission plan submitted to the Contract Administrator. I Where the Contractor is chlorinating using the tablet or continuous feed chlorination method for disinfecting newly constructed watermains as per the procedures in ANSI/AWWA Standard C651,the minimum contact times, initial chlorine concentrations, and maximum allowable ' decreases in chlorine concentration shall be as listed in Table 1 below taken from the most recent version of the MOECC"Watermain Disinfection Procedure". ' Table 1: Chlorine Concentrations and Contact Times for New Watermains * Disinfection Minimum Initial Chlorine Maximum Allowable Decrease in Method Contact Time Concentration Chlorine Concentration ' Tablet or 24 hours >25mg/L 40% of the Initial Chlorine Concentration Continuous Feed to a Maximum of 50 mg/L 1 * At levels over 10 milligrams per litre, a measurement of total chlorine shall be deemed to be equivalent to a measurement of free chlorine Where copper pipe is used for smaller diameter watermains, Table 1 does not apply. Copper watermains shall be disinfected using the Continuous Feed method, with an Initial Chlorine Concentration of>50mg/L. Due to the chlorine demand exerted by the copper,no minimum chlorine concentration is required following the 24 hour contact time, and the effectiveness of ' the disinfection process shall be demonstrated by the Microbiological sampling referred to in Construction Sequence 5 below. 4. Flushing and Dechlorination Following disinfection of the watermains and watermain branches,the heavily chlorinated water shall be expelled and managed as per the MOECC document"Watermain Testing Procedure"to prevent damage to the pipe lining or to prevent corrosion damage to the pipe itself and disposed of in accordance with OPSS 441.07.25. Flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing reaches at ' least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved,flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location,or by using documented benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a I SP-44 chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. Dechlorination of discharged water is required for any water that is discharged into surface water or if the discharge into the natural environment causes or is likely to cause an adverse effect, as per Condition 10 of Schedule B of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. The discharged water is deemed to be a Class II spill for the purposes of O. Reg. 675/98 (Classification and Exemption of Spills and Reporting of Discharges)made under the Environmental Protection Act. Discharges of flushed water are also regulated under Condition 4.5 of newer Municipal Drinking Water Licences. In all cases,the wasted water must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than ' 2 pg/L(0.002 ppm)(O.Reg. 170/03 -Procedure for Disinfection of Drinking Water in Ontario- AWWA C651)at the outfall where detrimental effects may be suffered by plants and/or animals in the natural environment. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 pg/L,the discharge shall be ceased immediately and the procedure modified to meet the less than 2 pg/L objective. I Sites within 100 m of natural drainage, or with direct discharge to a water body, should be considered high risk. In such instances, the Owner may request an enhanced dechlorination plan along with contingency and mitigation plans in the event that the chlorine residuals exceed those specified. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater to ensure the chlorine 111 residual and discharge limits are not exceeded. 5. Bacteriological Testing After disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651, two consecutive sets of water samples, , taken at least 24 hours apart, shall be collected from every 350 metres of watermain or part thereof, from the ends of the main line and from each branch line off the main line(50 mm dia. or greater). If requested by the Operating Authority,the Contractor shall assist with the i sampling of the existing water system at a location(s)near the construction. For new watermains with limited sampling points available, an alternative method of collecting I Microbiological samples is Staged Sampling. Staged Sampling shall be performed as follows: • A flow meter shall be installed to measure flow through the new watermain I • A sampling point shall be installed at the end of the new watermain(additional sampling points may also be installed along the length of the watermain); and • Flow shall be established and samples shall be collected from the sampling point(s) at intervals that are calculated to represent the lengths of the watermain as required by ANSI/AWWA C651,based on the pipe size and measured flow rate. Certified municipal staff or trained designate only(OWRA Reg. 170/03) shall collect samples for bacteriological testing. All water samples are to be analyzed by a provincially accredited laboratory. One 200 mL bacteriological sample(bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY) must be SP-45 ' obtained from each location. The sample form is to be filled out requesting E. coli,Total Coliform and is to include the sampler's license number. Each sample collected must include a "Total and Free Chlorine residual"reading. The Owner will pay Laboratory expenses for microbiological testing of the initial first 2 sets of water samples required for commissioning the new mains. If the disinfection fails to produce satisfactory sample test results,disinfection, sampling and testing shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense. ' The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are: I Escherichia coli Not detectable Total Coliform Not detectable Commissioning of New Main and Services Once a complete set of bacteriological samples produce satisfactory test results,the Contractor must request approval from the Operating Authority for the new watermain to be connected to the existing water system. The Operating Authority and/or the Contract Administrator must be present on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connection of the new main to the existing waterworks has been completed. Where existing watermains are to be tapped or cut for connection purposes,the pipe surface at the location of the connection shall be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution. Where applicable, the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of maintops, service saddles,tapping sleeves and valves which will come into contact with ' drinking water shall likewise be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation prior to use,the cleaning and disinfection procedure shall be repeated. ' Hushing of services shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing reaches at least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved,flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location,or by using documented benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. ITEM NO.3-7 REMOVE INSULATION FROM HANGING WATERMAIN(CONTAINS ASBESTOS) For the lump sum price bid, include all work required for the complete removal and disposal of all areas known or suspected of containing asbestos. SP-46 , Areas include the existingwatermain insulation at theQueen St. Bridge site. Included in this item is all labour, equipment and materials to safely remove and dispose of all ' insulation material in accordance with provincial regulations. ITEM NO.3-8 1 REMOVE EXISTING HANGING WATERMAIN(AT BRIDGE) For the lump sum price bid, include all work required for the complete removal and disposal of ' all hanging watermain including hangers,couplings, and all other materials associated with existing hanging watermain,hardware,pipe,jacket, etc. at the Queen St. Bridge site. Included in this item all is labour, equipment and materials to safely remove and dispose of all hanging watermain. 111 PART 4a-STORM SEWERS ITEM NO.4-1 1 REMOVAL OF EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to , excavate,remove and dispose of the maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or as indicated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill the excavation with Granular B Type I, compact the excavation and dispose of all debris to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. All existing frames and grates removed are the property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or reconnect to new outlets. The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer tile shall not be considered for payment. ' All excavated material shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the limits of the contract. ITEM NO.4-2 ' SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 & 1500 mm, PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND MAINTENANCE HOLE-CATCH BASINS,OPSD 111 701.010 and 701.011,INCLUDING FRAMES AND GRATES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the ' complete installation of the structures and connections in accordance with OPSS 407. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and q PP Y backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. Steel reinforcement shall be accordingto OPSS.MUNI.1440. Steel reinforcement for precast concrete components shall be: 1 SP-47 ' a) Steel bars,400MPa minimum yield strength b) Welded steel wire, 500 MPa minimum yield strength c) Welded deformed steel wire, 500 MPA minimum yield strength The Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as listed on the drawings to the grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grate to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers. All surfaces on the frames and grates ' shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar base paint having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints shall be thoroughly coated. Also, when required, included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all storm maintenance holes designated, as per OPSD 701.021. Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers,the Contractor will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of work,the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the Contractor for maintaining flow. The Contractor shall confirm in writing to the Contract Administrator that the means of connecting storm sewers to the storm manholes is appropriate for the materials being used and for the site conditions. Parging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. The outside of the precast adjustment units shall be completely wrapped with Denso LT Tape/Denso Paste. The Denso material shall completely cover the adjustment units and overlap onto the frame and concrete structure. All Denso products shall be applied as per the Manufacturer's recommendations. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment ' shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. ' Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 20% of unit price upon completion of parging, removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching when applicable. 1 SP-48 , 1 ITEM NO.4-3&4-4 SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL 600 mm x 600 mm CATCH BASINS (705.010),600 mm x 1450 mm TWIN INLET CATCH BASINS (705.020),INCLUDING FRAME AND GRATES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment, connections and ' materials for the complete installation of the structures as indicated on the contract drawings and in accordance with OPSS 407. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. ' The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. The Contractor shall supply and install frame and grates as listed on the contract drawings to the ' grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grate to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units and shall include the cost of connecting new basins to existing sewers as determined at the time of construction. All surfaces on the frame and grates shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar base paint having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints shall be thoroughly coated. Parging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and r shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. ' The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and the remaining 20% of the unit price upon completion of parging and removal of debris from the bottom of the structure. ' When the surface course of asphalt is to be placed at a later date,the unit price bid shall also include ramping of the structure and the installation of 50 mm diameter PVC drains as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 702. The installation of the 50 mm dia. drain shall be done prior to or during the concrete curb installation, if applicable. ITEM NO.4-5 &4-7(PROVISIONAL) SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE SEWERS , For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation and testing of the storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The ' ' SP-49 sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. Pipe Material OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm sewers: (a) Concrete Sewer Pipe(Rigid) - 150 mm to 250 mm non-reinforced Class 3—CSA certified to A257.1 - 300 mm or greater reinforced as specified in the tender form—CSA certified to A257.2 (b) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe(Flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6 ' - 150 mm to 750 mm - smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile(320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6) ' ifPiP e material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender,the Contractor shall, upon request, supply the Contract Administrator with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of ' Tender or approved equivalent by the Contract Administrator. Bedding,Embedment and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid ' pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013,or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever ' soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be ' compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, embedment cover material and the backfilling noted herein. ' All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the limits of the contract. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. SP-50 ' Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. OPSS.MUNI 410.07.16—Field Testing has been amended as follows: 410.07.16.02 -Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.03 - Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.04 -Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing. 410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract. All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate , the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection ' Contractor directly,however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. 111 Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video,the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. Compaction 1 Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. , Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. I All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price for sewer. ' • SP-51 ' Removing Existing Storm Sewer The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers,watermains,or minor structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable. Abandoning Sewers The Contractor will be required to plug up,by means of brick and mortar, certain existing sewers that are to be abandoned,to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The cost of this work is to be included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains. ' Connecting Sewers For the unit price bid,the Contractor will be required, to make all connections to new and existing catch basins,maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material)in a manner set out in the contract drawings or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance holes at all times. ' PART 5—ELECTRICAL ITEM NOS.5-1 to 5-13 ' All information pertaining to the electrical items is outlined on the contract electrical drawings. PART 6a—EROSION PROTECTION AND GABION REPAIRS ' ITEM NO.6-2 SUPPLY AND PLACE IMPORTED 600mm RIP RAP PROTECTION ' All work shall be done in accordance with OPSS 511. Unless directed otherwise by the Contract Administrator,all rip rap shall be placed on filter cloth. ' Existing concrete may not be used. No concrete shall be imported to the site for the purposes of rip rap. Rip rap material to be imported shall be fractured natural field or quarry stone. ' Rip rap material shall meet the specifications of RTAC Class 2 with a nominal size of 600 mm and a grading specification as follows: 100% smaller than 800 mm at least 20% larger than 700 mm at least 50% larger than 600 mm at least 80% larger than 400 mm SP-52 ' The rock provided shall be clean,hard, durable, angular non-friable limestone or igneous rock free from cracks, seams or other defects which may impair durability;free from clay, silt, vegetable or other foreign matter. Slate, shale, and broken concrete are not acceptable. Stone shall be a durable type and sedimentary stone with weak fracture planes will not be accepted. Rip rap shall be placed and worked by excavator bucket to provide a smooth and uniform surface. Rip rap placement is to be completed as expeditiously as possible following preparation of area 1 and placement of geotextile. Payment shall be made at the unit price per tonne as measured by truck weigh tickets at the , source of material and shall be full compensation for any site preparation,grading, geotextile supply and installation, supply and placement of rip rap protection. Payment for localized areas of rip rap placement in front of undermined cable concrete shall be included in the provisional item. 1 ITEM NO.6-3 SUPPLY GALVANIZED GABION MESH ' For the unit price bid per square metre,the Contractor shall supply galvanized gabion mesh to cover openings and deteriorated regions in the existing gabion retaining wall. ' ITEM NO.6-4 PLACE GALVANIZED GABION MESH For the unit price bid per square metre,the contractor shall tie galvanized gabion mesh to the sound locations on the existing gabion wall to cover openings and deteriorated regions. I PART 6b—EROSION PROTECTION-Provisional ITEM NO.6-7 ' SUPPLY AND PLACE IMPORTED 600mm RIP RAP PROTECTION If approved by the Municipality,the Contractor shall place rip rap in the areas noted as provisional on the contract drawings. See Item 6-2 for additional details and specifications. 1 I I SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS I Table of Contents IGC 1.04 Definition 1 GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 2 I GC 2.02 Order of Precedence 2 GC 3.02 Working Drawings 3 GC 3.05 Layout Information 3 I GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 3 GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance 3 GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 3 I GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout 3 GC 7.18 Drainage 4 GC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Materials 4 I GC 8.02.04.04 Substantial Performance of Work 4 GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment 4 GC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment ICertificates 5 GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools 5 I I I I I I I I I Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Supplemental GC's Rev20Jan13 Final.docx i Page 1 GC SECTION SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITION GC 1.04 GC 1.04.01,Definitions, shall be amended with the inclusion of the , DEFINITION following definitions: Completion means contract completion as set out in the Construction Act.: ' For the purposes of this Act, a contract shall be deemed to be completed and services or materials shall be deemed to be last supplied to the improvement when the price of completion, correction of a known defect or last supply is not more than the lesser of, (a) 1 per cent of the contract price; and (b) $5,000. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (3); 2017, c. 24, s. 4 (5, 6) Construction Trade Newspaper,as per Ontario Regulation 304/18, as made under the Construction Act, means a newspaper, ' (a) that is published either in paper format with circulation generally throughout Ontario or in electronic format in Ontario, (b) that is published at least daily on all days other than Saturdays and holidays, (c) in which calls for tender on construction contracts are customarily published, and (d) that is primarily devoted to the publication of matters of concern to the construction industry. Provisional means that the use of this item is conditional on the , circumstances determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction and that authorization to proceed must be granted to the Contractor prior to proceeding with the work. Shop Drawings means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for components that will form a permanent part of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include mechanical and electrical equipment or components permanently embedded in the work. Statutory Holdback means the holdbacks required under the Construction Act in the form of funds. A letter of credit, a demand-worded repayment bond or any other form are not acceptable forms of holdback. ' Substantial Performance has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30. 1 For the purposes of this Act, a contract is substantially performed, (a)when the improvement to be made under that contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purposes intended; and (b)when the improvement to be made under that contract is capable of completion or, where there is a known defect, correction, at a cost of not more than, (i) 3 per cent of the first$1,000,000 of the contract price, (ii) 2 per cent of the next$1,000,000 of the contract price, and I Page 2 i GC SECTION SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITION I (iii) 1 per cent of the balance of the contract price. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (1); 2017, c. 24, s.4(1, 2). I (2) For the purposes of this Act,where the improvement or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purposes intended and the owner and the contractor agree not to complete the improvement I expeditiously,the price of the services or materials remaining to be supplied and required to complete the improvement shall be deducted from the contract price in determining substantial performance. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, 1 s. 2 (2); 2017, c. 24, s.4 (3), 66. Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may,without I limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; or erection diagrams. I GC 2.01 GC 2.01.01 a) shall be amended as follows: RELIANCE ON CONTRACT a) The location and depth of all utilities shown on the contract drawings are DOCUMENTS based on information obtained from the applicable operating authority. I Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator can warrant the locations of the utilities. I GC 2.01.02 a) shall be amended as follows: a) If a geotechnical investigation was performed for this contract,the report I will be made available at the office of the Contract Administrator for inspection by any bidder but the office of the Contract Administrator assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions which may be I inherent in the soils report. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator warrants interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any subsurface report. Bidders shall acknowledge that any geotechnical Ireport shall not form part of the contract or agreement. GC 2.02 GC 2.02 shall be amended such that documents shall take precedence and I ORDER OF govern in the following order: PRECEDENCE a) Agreement b) Addenda I c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders I f) Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings h) Tender I i) Supplemental General Conditions j) OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions of Contract k) Working Drawings and Shop Drawings I I 1 Page 3 GC SECTION SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITION GC 3.02 WORKING GC 3.02.01, GC 3.02.02, GC 3.02.03, GC 3.02.04, GC 3.02.05, and GC DRAWINGS 3.02.07 shall also apply to Shop Drawings. GC 3.02.06 shall be amended as follows: .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Contract Administrator's comments are issued to the Contractor. Work related to the Shop Drawings shall not proceed until the Shop Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with, "Reviewed"or"Reviewed as Modified", "Revise and Re-Submit" or"Not Reviewed". GC 3.05 GC 3.05.02 shall be amended as follows: LAYOUT INFORMATION .02 The Contract Administrator shall provide pre and post construction inventories of all known Monuments, etc.that are located within the Working Area. GC 4.02 GC 4.02.01 shall be amended as follows: APPROVALS AND PERMITS .01 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all plumbing and building permits. GC 6.03.02 GC 6.03.02.01 shall be amended as follows: COMMERCIAL GENERAL .01 General liability insurance and completed operations coverage shall both LIABILITY be in the name of the Contractor,with the Owner and the Contract INSURANCE Administrator named as additional insureds, both with the limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. The insurance shall be provided in a form acceptable to the Owner. GC 6.03.07 GC 6.03.07.01 shall be amended as follows: ' INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS .01 Each insurance policy as noted in the Contract Documents, excluding AND DURATION completed operations coverage, shall be in effect from the date of Contract , signing until 10 days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the final Acceptance Certificate. Completed operations coverage shall be maintained for six years from the date of Final Acceptance. ' GC 7.02 GC 7.02.07 shall be amended as follows: MONUMENTS AND LAYOUT .07 The Contract Administrator shall provide qualified personnel to lay out the following once: • Offset stakes for road centreline alignment • Offset stakes for storm sewer structures and sanitary sewer structures • Final curb grade and alignment • Alignment for bridge foundations 1 I Page 4 GC SECTION SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITION ' Subsequent layout,for the same item,will be at the Contractor's expense. ' One week advance notice is required by the Contract Administrator to schedule the construction layout. The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out all other lines and ' grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. ' GC 7.18 GC 7.18.01 shall be amended as follows: DRAINAGE ' .01 During construction and until the Work is completed,the Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained,to at least the same degree as that of the existing drainage ' conditions. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage which may be caused ' or result from water backing up or flowing over,through, from or along any part of the works, or which any of the operations may cause to flow elsewhere. GC 8.02.03 GC 8.02.03.01,the first sentence of paragraph GC 8.02.03.01 shall be ADVANCE amended as follows: ' PAYMENTS FOR MATERIALS .01 The Owner may make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: ' GC 8.02.04.04 GC 8.02.04.04.04, shall be amended as follows: SUBSTANTIAL ' PERFORMACE OF .04 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance,the WORK Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1)Paragraph 5 of the Construction Act, as amended,publish a copy of the certificate in a ' construction trade newspaper. GC 8.02.04.05 GC 8.02.04.05.03, shall be amended as follows: SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE .03 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment PAYMENT AND Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the ' SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE Statutory Holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such Statutory Holdback shall be due STATUTORY 61 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial ' HOLDBACK RELEASE Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: PAYMENT a) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and CERTIFICATES Insurance Board; I Page 5 I GC SECTION SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITION b) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance; I c) Three copies of an original signed and sealed release, on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor releasing the Owner from all further claims related to 1 the Contract qualified by stated exceptions such as outstanding work or matter arising out of subsection GC 3.13 Claims,Negotiations, Mediation; and I d) Three copies of an original signed and sealed statutory declaration on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator,by the Contractor indicating that all liabilities incurred I by the Contractor and the Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged except for the statutory holdbacks properly retained and guaranteed maintenance holdback properly retained. I GC 8.02.04.07 GC 8.02.04.07.02, shall be amended as follows: COMPLETION I PAYMENT AND .02 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall COMPLETION be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further Statutory STATUTORY Holdback. Subject to any outstanding liens and permissible set-offs and HOLDBACK upon submission of the following: RELEASE PAYMENT a) Three copies of an original signed and sealed release, on the I CERTIFICATES document provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator,by the Contractor releasing the Owner from all further claims related to the Contract qualified by stated exceptions such as I outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.13 Claims,Negotiations, Mediation; b) Three copies of an original signed and sealed statutory declaration, I on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor indicating that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract I have been discharged except for the statutory holdbacks properly retained and Guaranteed Maintenance Holdback properly retained; and I c) A satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, the Owner shall pay the remaining statutory holdback on the Work done, I within 28 Days after the expiration of the 60-Day lien period. GC 8.02.05.07 GC 8.02.05.07.01 shall be amended as follows: I PAYMENT FOR HAND TOOLS .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade including pick-up trucks and service vans. I I /0,----':yah. Ontario Provincial Standards OPSS.MUNI 100 I. I' `'9°f for November 2019 .,,s,v; ; Roads and Public Works I IOPSS MUNI GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Table of Contents ISECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION GC 1.01 Captions 7 IGC 1.02 Abbreviations 7 I GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References 7 GC 1.04 Definitions 8 IGC 1.05 Ontario Traffic Manual 13 GC 1.06 Final Acceptance 13 IGC 1.07 Interpretation of Certain Words 13 I SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 14 IGC 2.02 Order of Precedence 14 SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT IGC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority 16 I GC 3.02 Working Drawings 17 GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment 18 IGC 3.04 Emergency Situations 18 GC 3.05 Layout Information 18 IGC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 18 GC 3.07 Delays 19 IGC 3.08 Assignment of Contract 20 GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor 20 IGC 3.10 Changes 20 I November 2019 Page 1 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work 20 GC 3.10.02 Extra Work 21 I GC 3.10.03 Additional Work 21 GC 3.11 Notices 21 I GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance 22 I GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation 22 GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work 22 I GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping 22 GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure 22 I GC 3.13.04 Negotiations 23 GC 3.13.05 Mediation 23 I GC 3.13.06 Payment 23 GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties 24 I GC 3.14 Arbitration 24 GC 3.14.01 Conditions for Arbitration 24 I GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure 24 I GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator 24 GC 3.14.04 Costs 25 I GC 3.14.05 The Decision 25 GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds 25 I SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS I GC 4.01 Working Area 26 GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 26 GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials 26 GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property 27 GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor 27 GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default 27 GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct a Default 28 I November 2019 Page 2 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I I GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work 28 GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor 29 IGC 4.10 Termination of the Contract 29 GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations 29 IGC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond 29 GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment 29 ISECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL IGC 5.01 Supply of Material 30 GC 5.02 Quality of Material 30 I GC 5.03 Rejected Material 30 GC 5.04 Substitutions 31 IGC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material 31 GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material 31 IGC 5.05.02 Care of Material 31 1 SECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons, and Property 33 IGC 6.02 Indemnification 33 GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance 34 IGC 6.03.01 General 34 GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance 34 IGC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance 35 I GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance 35 GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance 35 GC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance 35 I GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion 36 IGC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage 36 GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance 36 I November 2019 Page 3 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 37 I GC 6.04 Bonding 37 GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board 37 I SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK I GC 7.01 General 38 GC 7.01.01 Site Visit 38 I GC 7.01.02 Commencement of Work 38 GC 7.01.03 Control and Responsibility 38 I GC 7.01.04 Compliance with the Occupational Health and safety Act 38 GC 7.01.05 Contractor's Representatives 39 I GC 7.01.06 Assistance to the Contract Administrator 40 GC 7.01.07 Schedule 40 GC 7.01.08 Errors and Inconsistencies as Relating to the Contract 40 GC 7.01.09 Utilities 40 I GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout 41 I GC 7.03 Working Area 42 GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment 42 I GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 42 GC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours 42 GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services 43 GC 7.08 Approvals and Permits 44 I GC 7.09 Suspension of Work 44 GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 44 1 GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor 45 GC 7.12 Environmental Incident Management ...45 I GC 7.13 Obstructions 46 GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations 46 I November 2019 Page 4 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 46 I GC 7.16 Warranty 46 GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers 47 IGC 7.18 Drainage 47 ISECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement 48 I GC 8.01.01 GC 8.01.02 Quantities 48 Variations in Tender Quantities 48 GC 8.02 Payment 49 1 GC 8.02.01 Non-Resident Contractor . 49 GC 8.02.02 Price for Work 49 IGC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Material 49 GC 8.02.04 Certification and Payment 50 I GC 8.02.04.01 Progress Payment 50 GC 8.02.04.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion 50 GC 8.02.04.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment 51 I GC 8.02.04.04 Certification of Substantial Performance 51 GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 52 GC 8.02.04.06 Certification of Completion 52 I GC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 52 GC 8.02.04.08 Interest 53 I GC 8.02.04.09 Interest for Late Payment 53 GC 8.02.04.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims 53 GC 8.02.04.11 Owner's Set-Off 54 GC 8.02.04.12 Delay in Payment 54 IGC 8.02.05 Payment on a Time and Material Basis 54 GC 8.02.05.01 Definitions 54 GC 8.02.05.02 Daily Work Records 55 I GC 8.02.05.03 Payment for Work 55 GC 8.02.05.04 Payment for Labour 55 GC 8.02.05.05 Payment for Material 56 I GC 8.02.05.06 Payment for Equipment 56 GC 8.02.05.06.01 Working Time 56 GC 8.02.05.06.02 Standby Time 56 GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools 57 I GC 8.02.05.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors 57 GC 8.02.05.09 Submission of Invoices 57 GC 8.02.05.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis 57 GC 8.02.05.11 Payment Inclusions 58 IGC 8.02.06 Final Acceptance Certificate 58 I November 2019 Page 5 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 8.02.07 Records 58 GC 8.02.08 Taxes 58 I GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages 59 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I November 2019 Page 6 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION IGC 1.01 Captions I .01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit, or enlarge the scope or meaning of the General Conditions or any provision hereof. I GC 1.02 Abbreviations .01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent I the organizations and phrases listed on the right: "AASHTO" American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials "ACI" - American Concrete Institute I "ANSI" "ASTM" - American National Standards Institute ASTM International "AWG" - American Wire Gauge "AWWA" - American Water Works Association l "CCIL" "CGSB" - Canadian Council of Independent Laboratories Canadian General Standards Board "CSA" - CSA Group-formerly Canadian Standards Association I "CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau "GC" General Conditions "ISO" International Organization for Standardization "MECP" - Ontario Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks I "MTO" - Ontario Ministry of Transportation "MUTCD" Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by MTO "OHSA" - Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act "OLS" - Ontario Land Surveyor I "OPS" - Ontario Provincial Standard "OPSD" Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing "OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard Specification I "OTM" - Ontario Traffic Manual "PEO" Professional Engineers Ontario "SAE" - SAE International "SCC" - Standards Council of Canada I "SSPC" "UL" - The Society for Protective Coatings Underwriters Laboratories "ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada "WHMIS" - Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System I "WSIB" - Workplace Safety& Insurance Board GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References I .01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to include the feminine and the plural and vice versa, as the context requires. I I I November 2019 Page 7 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 GC 1.04 Definitions .01 For the purposes of the Contract Documents the following definitions shall apply: I Abnormal Weather means an extreme climatic condition characterized by wind speed, air temperature, precipitation, or snow fall depth, that is less than or greater than 1-1/2 standard deviations from the mean determined from the weather records of the 25-year period immediately preceding the tender opening date. Actual Measurement means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the Work. Addenda means any additions or change in the Tender documents issued by the Owner prior to Tender closing. Additional Work means work not provided for in the Contract Documents and not considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope. Agreement means the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the performance of the Work that is included in the Contract Documents. Base means a layer of Material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement, driving surface, finished grade, curb and gutter, or sidewalk. 1 Business Day means any Day except Saturdays, Sundays, and statutory holidays. Certificate of Subcontract Completion means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion. Certificate of Substantial Performance means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at 111Substantial Performance. Change Directive means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed. Change in the Work means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease, or alteration of lines; grades; dimensions; quantities; methods; drawings; substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface, or other conditions; changes in the character of the Work to be done; or Materials of the Work or part thereof, within the intended scope of the Contract. Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work; and establishing the basis for payment and the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time. Completion means contract completion as set out in the Construction Act. ' Completion Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Completion. Completion Payment means the payment described more particularly in clause GC 8.02.04.07. ' Construction Act means as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, as amended. November 2019 Page 8 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 r I Constructor means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the Contract. Contract means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents. Contract Administrator means the person, partnership, or corporation designated by the Owner to be the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract. Contract Documents mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, Tender, General Conditions of Contract, Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications, ' Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, Addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement, and subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement. ' Contract Drawings or Contract Plans mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any Subsurface Report, and any other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel schedules, aggregate sources list, Quantity Sheets, and cross-sections. Contract Time means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance or Completion of the Work, including any extension of time made pursuant to the Contract Documents. ' Contractor means the person, partnership, or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the Agreement. ' Control Monument means any horizontal or vertical (benchmark) monument that is used to lay out the Work. Controlling Operation means any component of the Work that, if delayed, may delay the completion of the Work. Cut-Off Date means the date up to which payment shall be made for Work performed. ' Daily Work Records mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours worked or on standby, types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby, and description and quantities of Material utilized. Day means a calendar day. Drawings or Plans mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans, or any Working Drawings or Working ' Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work. End Result Specification means specifications that require the Contractor to be responsible for supplying a product or part of the Work. The Owner accepts or rejects the final product or applies a price adjustment that is commensurate with the degree of compliance with the specification. Engineer means a professional engineer licenced by the Professional Engineers of Ontario to practice in the Province of Ontario. Equipment means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment. ' Estimate means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context. November 2019 Page 9 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I r I Extra Work means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope, including unanticipated Work required to comply with legislation and regulations that affect the Work. Final Acceptance means the date on which the Contract Administrator determines that the Work has passed all inspection and testing requirements and the Contract Administrator is satisfied that the Contractor has rectified all imperfect Work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. Final Acceptance Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final Acceptance of the Work. Final Detailed Statement means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing the quantities, unit prices, and final dollar amounts of all items of Work completed under the Contract, including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly Estimates. Geotechnical Report means a report or other information identifying soil, rock, and ground water conditions in the area of any proposed Work. Grade means the required elevation of that part of the Work. ' Hand Tools means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small power tools. Highway means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof. Inclement Weather means weather conditions or conditions resulting directly from weather conditions that prevent the Contractor from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. Lot means a specific quantity of Material or a specific amount of construction normally from a single source and produced by the same process. Lump Sum Item means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given in the Contract Documents. Major Item means any tender item that has a value, calculated based on its actual or estimated tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal to or greater than the lesser of, a) $100,000, or ' b) 5% of the total tender value calculated based on the total of all the estimated tender quantities and the tender unit prices. Material means Material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work. Monument means either a Property Monument or a Control Monument. , Owner means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority." Pavement means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic concrete, hydraulic cement concrete, Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch. 1 November 2019 Page 10 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I Performance Bond means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond. Plan Quantity means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in the Contract Documents. Project means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract. Proper Invoice has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act. ' Property Monument means any property bar, concrete pillar, rock post, cut cross or other object that marks the boundary between real property ownership. ' Quality Assurance (QA) means a system or series of activities carried out by the Owner to ensure that Work meets the specified requirements. Quality Control (QC) means a system or series of activities carried out by the Contractor, Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer to ensure that Work meets the specified requirements. Quantity Sheet means a list of the quantities of Work to be done. ' Quarried Rock means Material removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of rock that, prior to removal, was integral with the parent mass. ' Quarry means a place where aggregate has been or is being removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rock or any combination of these that, prior to removal, was integral with the parent areas. Rate of Interest means the prejudgment interest rate determined under subsection 127(2) of the Courts of Justice Act or, if the contract or subcontract specifies a different interest rate for the purpose, the greater of the prejudgment interest rate and the interest rate specified in the contract or subcontract. Records mean any books, payrolls, accounts, or other information that relate to the Work or any Change in the Work, Extra Work,Additional Work or claims arising therefrom. ' Roadway means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes the Shoulders. ' Shoulder means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the travelled portion of the wearing surface and the top inside edge of the ditch or fill slope. Special Provisions mean directions containing requirements specific to the Work. ' Standard Drawing or Standard Specification means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for performance of the Work. ' Statutory Holdback means the holdbacks required under the Construction Act. Subbase means a layer of Material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base. Subcontractor means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor. ' Subgrade means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the pavement structure, consisting of Base, Subbase, and Pavement. 1 November 2019 Page 11 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I Substantial Performance has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, as amended. Subsurface Report means a report or other information identifying the location of Utilities, concealed and adjacent structures, and physical obstructions that fall within the influence of the Work. Superintendent means the Contractor's authorized representative in charge of the Work and who shall 111 be a "competent person" within the meaning of the definition contained in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.1, as amended. Surety means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.I.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by the Contractor. Tender means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner, to complete the Work. Time and Material means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and , Material Basis. Utility means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil, steam, data transmission, telephone, and cable television. Warranty Period means the applicable time period according to clause GC 7.16.02,Warranty. ' Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. Working Area means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction ' of the Work. Working Day means any Day, ' a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays; b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this shall be a Day during which the Contractor cannot proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and Equipment force effectively engaged on the Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours; c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of, i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on behalf of the Owner. ii. non-delivery of Owner supplied Materials. iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor that can be substantiated by the ' Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; shop drawings; shop plans; or erection diagrams. 1 November 2019 Page 12 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 GC 1.05 Ontario Traffic Manual .01 All references in the Contract Documents to the MUTCD, including all Parts and Divisions thereof, or MTO Traffic Control Manual for Roadway Work Operations, or Traffic Control Manual for Roadway Operations Field Edition are hereby deleted and replaced by all currently available books ' which make up the Ontario Traffic Manual. GC 1.06 Final Acceptance ' .01 For the purposes of determining whether Final Acceptance has occurred, the Contract Administrator shall not take into account, in determining the discharge of the Contractor's obligations, any warranty obligation of the Contractor to the extent that the warranty extends beyond 12 months after Substantial Performance. GC 1.07 Interpretation of Certain Words .01 The words "acceptable," "approval," "authorized," "considered necessary," "directed," "required," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered necessary, or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. 1 November 2019 Page 13 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents , .01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon with the following limitations or exceptions: ' a) Based on available information at the time of the contract, the location of all mainline underground Utilities that may affect the Work shall be shown to a tolerance of: i. 1 m horizontal, and ii. 0.3 m vertical .02 The Owner does not warrant or make any representation with respect to: ' a) interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface Report available for the perusal of the Contractor, that are not included as part of the Contract Documents, and ' b) other information specifically excluded from this warranty. GC 2.02 Order of Precedence .01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following descending order: , a) Agreement b) Addenda 1 c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings ' e) Standard Specifications f) Standard Drawings ' g) Tender h) Supplemental General Conditions ' i) OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions of Contract j) Working Drawings Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents. .02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the following rules shall apply: a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions ' scaled from the same Drawing; b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale; ' c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and November 2019 Page 14 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 i 1 1 d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series. .03 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following descending order of precedence shall govern: ' a) Owner's Standard Specifications b) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications ' c) Other standards referenced in OPSSs and OPSDs(e.g., CSA, CGSB,ASTM, and ANSI). 1 .04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 November 2019 Page 15 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority ' .01 The Contract Administrator shall be the Owner's representative during construction and until the issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate, whichever is later. All instructions to the Contractor, including instructions from the Owner, shall be issued by the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. .02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator in writing by the Contractor. ' .03 The Contract Administrator may inspect the Work for its conformity with the Contract Documents, and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender quantities and unit prices or to assess the value of the Work completed in the case of a lump sum price Contract. .04 The Contract Administrator shall provide an estimate of the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract as provided for in section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. .05 The Contract Administrator, to not cause delay in the schedule, shall, with reasonable promptness, review and take appropriate action upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with the Contract Documents . .06 The Contract Administrator shall investigate all allegations of a Change in the Work made by the Contractor and issue appropriate instructions. .07 The Contract Administrator shall prepare Change Directives and Change Orders for the Owner's approval. ' .08 Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall jointly conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or the date of Completion of the Work or both. .09 The Contract Administrator shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and, in making these decisions, the Contract Administrator shall not show partiality to either party. .10 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to reject any part of the Work or Material that does not conform to the Contract Documents. .11 In the event that the Contract Administrator determines that any part of the Work performed by the Contractor is defective, whether the result of poor workmanship the use of defective Material or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether or not incorporated in the Work or otherwise fails to conform to the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall if directed by the Contract Administrator promptly, as directed by the Contract Administrator, remove the Work and replace, make good, or re-execute the Work at no additional cost to the Owner. .12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements, or re-executions shall be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1 November 2019 Page 16 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator it is not expedient to correct defective Work or Work ' not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the Work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents amount that will be determined in the first instance by the Contract Administrator. .14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to reject any defective Work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective Work or Material. .15 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such reasonable time as may be necessary: a) to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's construction layout; b) to facilitate the inspection of any portion of the Work; or c) for the Contractor to remedy its non-compliance with any provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for suspension of the Work in these ' circumstances. .16 The Owner has the right to terminate the Contract for wilful or persistent violation by the Contractor ' or its workers of any applicable laws or bylaws, including but not limited to, the Occupational Health and Safety Act legislation and regulations, Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Act, and Regulation 347 of the Environmental Protection Act. .17 If the Contract Administrator determines that any worker employed on the Work is incompetent, as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, or is disorderly, then the Contract Administrator shall provide written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor shall immediately remove the worker from the Working Area. Such worker shall not return to the Working Area without the prior ' written consent of the Contract Administrator. GC 3.02 Working Drawings ' .01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as called for by the Contract Documents. ' .02 The Contractor, to not cause delay in the Work, shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence . If either the Contractor or the Contract Administrator so requests, they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form. ' At the time of submission, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any deviations from the Contract Documents that exist in the Working Drawings. ' .03 The Contract Administrator shall review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed upon schedule, or otherwise, with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay. .04 The Contract Administrator's review shall be to check for conformity to the design concept and for ' general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents, unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by the Contract Administrator. I November 2019 Page 17 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings that the Contract Administrator may require to make the Working Drawings consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit, unless otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract Administrator. .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator. .07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site at all times. GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment .01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment, or work force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment. ' .02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others. .03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and protection are maintained throughout the Work. GC 3.04 Emergency Situations ' .01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation and, when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action or, if the Contractor is not available, the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation. .02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial Work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall pay for the remedial Work. GC 3.05 Layout Information ' .01 The Contract Administrator shall provide background information, including without limitation, baseline and benchmark information, to facilitate the general location, alignment, elevation and layout of the Work. .02 The Contract Administrator shall provide pre and post construction inventories of all Monuments, etc. that are located within the Working Area. .03 The Owner shall be responsible only for the correctness of the layout information provided by the Contract Administrator. GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time .01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15 Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall enumerate the reasons and state the length of extension required. I November 2019 Page 18 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following: a) Delays, subsection GC 3.07. b) Changes in the Work, clause GC 3.10.01. c) Extra Work, clause GC 3.10.02. d) Additional Work, clause GC 3.10.03. .03 The Contract Administrator shall, in reviewing an application for an extension to the Contract Time, consider whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, or Additional Work involve a ' Controlling Operation. .04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner. .05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time. GC 3.07 Delays ' .01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by, ' a) war, blockades, and civil commotions; b) errors in the Contract Documents; c) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents; d) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly; e) the Contract Administrator giving notice under section GC 7.0, Suspension of Work; f) Abnormal Weather; or g) archaeological finds, in accordance with subsection GC 3.15,Archaeological Finds, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of ' Contract Time due to Abnormal Weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. ' .02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock-outs, including lock-outs decreed or recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound, which are beyond the Contractor's control, then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless such delays are the result of actions by the Owner. November 2019 Page 19 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .04 The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the cost of delays incurred as a result of a dispute between the Contractor and Owner. The Contractor shall execute the Work and may pursue resolution of the dispute in accordance with subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediations. GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract .01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Owner. GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor .01 Subject to clause GC 3.09.03, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents and any limitations specified therein. .02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing in 10 Days prior to the start of construction of the intention to subcontract. Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended. .03 The Contract Administrator shall, within 5 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the intended Subcontractor. The rejection shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the rejection. .04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has ' been engaged in accordance with this subsection. .05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall, a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; and b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. .06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a Subcontractor and the Owner. GC 3.10 Changes , GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work .01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of clause GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. November 2019 Page 20 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .03 If the Change in the Work relates solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work shall be ' made according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If the Change in the Work does not solely relate to quantities, then either the Owner or the Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the adjustment of the Contract price in respect of the Change in the Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or ' payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.10.02 Extra Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with ' the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of clause GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Either the Owner or Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the payment for the Extra Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. ' GC 3.10.03 Additional Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional ' Work, the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause I GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. 3.11 Notices ' .01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered by hand, email, or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the ' date of mailing, if sent by mail. .02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mail and email addresses; cell phone, and telephone numbers for the Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at the ' commencement of the Work, and update as necessary. .03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within ' 2 Days. .04 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in accordance with the notice provision of the Contract. 1 November 2019 Page 21 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance .01 Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days written notice has been given to the Contractor. .02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the use or occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability 111that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the Contract. GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work .01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action shall not jeopardize any claim it may have. GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping .01 Immediately upon commencing Work that may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily Work Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the Contract Administrator shall keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records. .02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall attempt to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted. If the Contractor and the Contract Administrator fail to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records, then the Contractor shall submit its Daily Work Records as part of its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. .03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim. GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure .01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation that may lead to a claim for additional I payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation. .02 The Contractor shall provide written notice within 7 Days of the commencement of any part of the Work that may be affected by the situation. .03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no later than 30 Days or such time as mutually agreed after completion of the Work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall: a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises; b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and November 2019 Page 22 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim. .04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information within 30 Days of receipt of such request. .05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion regarding the validity of the claim. GC 3.13.04 Negotiations 1 .01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and documents to facilitate these negotiations. ' .02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05, with respect to any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration. .03 Prior to the expiry of 30 Business Days from the date of receipt of the Contractors claim, the Contract Administrator shall provide a written response to the Contractor stating the Contract Administrator's final price for the Change Order and an explanation of the rationale and basis of the Contract Administrator's position which shall be deemed to be the initial site response. ' GC 3.13.05 Mediation .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05, and the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize the services of an independent third-party mediator. .02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. .03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall meet with the parties together or separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non-binding recommendation for settlement. 1 .04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. .05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the mediation process. The cost of the third-party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor. GC 3.13.06 Payment ' .01 Payment of the claim shall be made no later than 28 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or dispute. Such payment shall be made according to the terms of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. I November 2019 Page 23 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties .01 It is agreed that no action taken under subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled. .02 It is further agreed that the parties may at any time resort to the adjudication procedure contained in the Construction Act. GC 3.14 Arbitration I GC 3.14.01 Conditions of Arbitration .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, either party may invoke the provisions of subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other party. .02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. Where the use of a third-party mediator was implemented, notification shall be within 120 Days of the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. .03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator. .04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express provisions of subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration. GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure .01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise disqualified him or herself: a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration shall be stayed pending arbitration; I b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement. Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule shall be arbitrated; and c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are set out in the schedule. GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator 1 .01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute. .02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification of arbitration noted in clause GC 3.14.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration. .03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the ADR Institute of Ontario (ADRIO), which may select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being requested to do so. .04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and shall not be employed by either party. I November 2019 Page 24 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I ' .05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her. .06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence that govern the trial of cases in court but may hear and consider any evidence that the arbitrator considers relevant. 1 .07 The hearing shall commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator. GC 3.14.04 Costs .01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor. .02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration. GC 3.14.05 The Decision .01 The reasoned decision shall be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be made in accordance with clause GC 3.13.06, Payment. GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds .01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items that may indicate an archaeological find, such as but not limited to building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the ' Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise ' directed by the Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work. .02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work shall be ' considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with clause GC 3.07.01. .03 Any Work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find shall be considered as ' Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.10.02, Extra Work. .04 The Contractor shall take all reasonable action to minimize additional costs that may accrue as a result of any work stoppage. I November 2019 Page 25 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS GC 4.01 Working Area 1 .01 The Owner shall acquire all property rights that are deemed necessary by the Owner for the construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and shall indicate the full extent of the Working Area on the Contract Drawings. GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits .01 The Owner shall pay for all plumbing and building permits. .02 The Owner shall obtain and pay for all permits, licences, and certificates solely required for the design of the Work. GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials .01 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents the Materials to be moved within or removed from the Working Area and any characteristics of those Materials that necessitates special Materials management and disposition. .02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, the Owner advises that, a) the designated substances silica, lead, and arsenic are generally present throughout the Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions; b) the designated substance asbestos may be present in cement products, asphalt, and conduits for Utilities; c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone, gypsum, marble, mica, and Portland cement; and d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting, and abrasive blasting. ' .03 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area. .04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or hazardous Materials that are in addition to those listed in clause GC 4.03.02, or not clearly identified in the Contract Documents according to clause GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice shall be provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor shall stop Work in the area immediately and shall determine the necessary steps required to complete the Work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulations. .05 The Owner shall be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and disposing of any Material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph shall be deemed to be Extra Work. I November 2019 Page 26 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner shall provide to the Contractor a list of those ' products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), that the Owner may supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Safety Data Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and provide relevant 1 Safety Data Sheets. .07 Unless expressly permitted in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not bring onto the Work Area any designated substance or hazardous Material per OHSA without the prior written authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 The Contractor shall use all reasonable care to avoid spilling or disturbing any designated ' substances or hazardous Material per OHSA. GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property .01 The Owner shall pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method of completing the Work. .02 Every precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to protect all railway property at track crossings; or otherwise, on which construction operations are to take place in accordance with the terms of this Contract. .03 The Contractor shall be required to conduct the construction operations in such a manner as to avoid a possibility of damaging any railway property in the vicinity of the Works. Every reasonable precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the workers, Subcontractors, and Equipment, as well as railway property throughout the duration of the Contract. GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor .01 If the Contractor fails to commence the Work within 14 Days of a formal order to commence Work signed by the Contract Administrator or, upon commencement of the Work, should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract and, 1 if the Contract Administrator has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. .02 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractor's insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's 1 insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default .01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 Working Days following the receipt of a notice of default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate ' corrective measures have been taken. .02 If the Owner determines that the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 Working Days following receipt of the notice,the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor, a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 Working Days following receipt of the notice; November 2019 Page 27 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 b) provides the Owner with a schedule acceptable to the Owner for the progress of such correction; and c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule. GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct Default I .01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the Contractor. GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work , .01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor. .02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the Owner shall be entitled to, a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of the Work terminated; b) utilize any Material within the Working Area; d) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work I withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed; d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any additional compensation paid to the Contract Administrator for such additional service arising from the correction of the default; e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection GC 7.16,Warranty; ' f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner sustained as a result of the default; and g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection GC 7.16,Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections. GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor .01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.08, Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work, the Owner shall pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting for the Contract is complete. November 2019 Page 28 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract ' .01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to the Contractor, the Surety, and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or creditors. .02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract, the Owner shall provide the Contractor and the trustee or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination. GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations .01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the Work performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination. GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond .01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond, the provisions of section GC 4.0, Owner's Responsibilities and Rights, shall be exercised in ' accordance with the conditions of the Performance Bond. GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment .01 If any situation should occur in the performance of the Work that would result in a Change in the Work, the Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment and those adjustments shall be managed in accordance with clause GC 3.10.01, Changes in the Work. I I 1 I I I November 2019 Page 29 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL GC 5.01 Supply of Material , .01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply and delivery of such Material. GC 5.02 Quality of Material .01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract. 1 .03 As specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall make available, for inspection or testing, a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor. .04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter onto the premises of the Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling, and testing as specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required inspection, sampling, and testing. .06 The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling, and testing before the scheduled shipping date. .07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 Material that is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required, and the use of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. .09 All Material inspection, sampling, and testing shall be carried out on random basis in accordance with the standard inspection or testing methods required for the Material. Any approval given by the Contract Administrator for the Materials to be used in the Work based upon the random method shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of incorporating Material that conforms to the Contract Documents into the Work or properly performing the Contract and of any liability arising from the failure to properly perform as specified in the Contract Documents. GC 5.03 Rejected Material .01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice, the Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and disposed of, in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner, and the Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges. I November 2019 Page 30 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 t GC 5.04 Substitutions .01 Where the Contract Documents require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, that shall be regarded as the standard of quality required by the Contract Documents. After the acceptance of ' the Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material designated as aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require. .02 Rulings on a proposed substitution shall not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender. Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The approval or rejection of a proposed substitution shall be at the discretion of the Contract Administrator. .03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be entitled to the first$1,000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50% of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1,000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of "Certification of Equality" and, if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such 1 substitution, a Change Order shall be issued as well. GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material .01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in ' excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost plus applicable overheads. GC 5.05.02 Care of Material .01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide ' adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt of such Material shall promptly place it in storage, except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while under the control of the Contractor, it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the 1 Contract Administrator for reasons that are not the fault of the Contractor, it shall remain in the care and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract Administrator. .03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract 1 Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where damage or deficiencies are not so reported, it shall be assumed that the shipment arrived in good condition and order, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. I November 2019 Page 31 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 .04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract. .05 Empty reels, crates, containers, and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .06 Immediately upon receipt of each shipment, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received. 1 .07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations, check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the Contractor, it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good condition and order when the Contractor took charge of it, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. 1 1 I 1 1 I I 1 November 2019 Page 32 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I SECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property .01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents, and all workers employed by or under the control of the ' Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons, and property from damage or injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for all losses and damage that may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract, unless indicated to the contrary below. ' .02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary protective Work and the restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property, ' the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such Work and payment shall be administered according to these General Conditions. .03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries that 1 occur during the term of the Contract. The Contractor shall then investigate and report back to the Contract Administrator within 15 Days of occurrence of incident, or as soon as possible. The Contract Administrator may conduct its own investigation and the Contractor shall provide all assistance to the Contract Administrator as may be necessary for that purpose. .04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of, ' a) war; b) blockades and civil commotions; ' c) errors in the Contract Documents; or d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's ' permission. .05 The Contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall not be released from any term or provision of any ' responsibility, obligation, or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the Owner, except by a release duly executed by the Owner. GC 6.02 Indemnification .01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims", ' directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work, provided such claims are, a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible property; b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor ' may be liable; and c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the Contract Documents,from the date of certification of Final Acceptance. I November 2019 Page 33 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I .02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages, royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the Contract. .03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in clauses GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02. .04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, their elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract that are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area. .05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in clause GC 6.02.04. GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance I GC 6.03.01 General .01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC 6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05, and GC 6.03.06 shall only apply when so specified in the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with an original Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage that is required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contract Administrator is, at all times in receipt of a valid Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage, in such amounts as specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be permitted to commence Work until the Contract Administrator is in receipt of such proof of insurance. The Contract Administrator may withhold payments of monies due to the Contractor until the Contractor has provided the Contract Administrator with original valid Certificates of Insurance as required by the provisions of the Contract Documents. GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance .01 Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. The insurance shall be provided in a form acceptable to the Owner. .02 Approval of this insurance shall be conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required insurance. .03 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations coverage and, if the Contractor fails to do so,the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in clause GC 6.02.01 c), shall not be binding on the Owner. .04 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of ' explosives for blasting, pile driving or caisson work, removal or weakening of support of property building or land, the Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include the appropriate endorsements. .05 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, termination, or material change. I November 2019 Page 34 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I I .06 "Claims Made" insurance policies shall not be permitted. GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance I .01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of any cancellation,termination, or material change. Ia) standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and I b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor. GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance IGC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance .01 Aircraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft used directly or indirectly in I the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than five million dollars for aircraft passenger I hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. IGC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance .01 Watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned watercraft used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to I limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written I notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance IGC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance .01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the I Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Contract Documents, of Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work. I GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance .01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work, Ishall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion I .01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the Owner shall give 30 Days written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of I November 2019 Page 35 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. .02 The policies shall provide that in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor. GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage 1 .01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds, and in accordance with the requirements of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies, except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract. 1 .03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance .01 All risks Contractor's Equipment insurance covering construction equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to the Contractor's Equipment. 111 GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration .01 Each insurance policy as noted in the Contract Documents shall be in effect from the date of commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior to commencement of the Work and signed by the underwriter or the broker. 1 November 2019 Page 36 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each ' insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include the signature of an officer of the insurer. ' .04 Where a policy is renewed, the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal. .05 Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible ' amounts under the policies. .06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03, ' Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand. .07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 28 Days of the date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs, the Owner may deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor. GC 6.04 Bonding .01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the Contract ' Documents. .02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner. The bonds shall ' be maintained in good standing until the Final Acceptance. GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board ' .01 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with a copy of a Certificate of Clearance indicating the Contractor's good standing with the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, as follows: a) Immediately prior to the Contract Administrator authorizing the Contractor to commence Work. b) Prior to issue of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. ' c) Prior to expiration of the Warranty Period. d) At any other time when requested by the Contract Administrator. November 2019 Page 37 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK GC 7.01 General 1 GC 7.01.01 Site Visit .01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the 1 Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions that may affect the performance of the Work are known. GC 7.01.02 Commencement of Work .01 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the Contractor has received a written order to commence the work from the Contract Administrator. GC 7.01.03 Control and Responsibility .01 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the 1 Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating the various parts of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall provide adequate labour, Equipment, and Material to ensure the completion of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Work shall be performed as vigorously and as continuously as weather conditions or other interferences may permit. .03 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of construction methods required in their use. .04 Notwithstanding clause GC 7.01.03, where the Contract Documents include designs for temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the execution of the Work. .05 The Contractor shall comply with and conform to all statutes, laws, by-laws, regulations, requirements, ordinances, notices, rulings, orders, directives and policies of the municipal, provincial and federal governments and any other lawful authority and all court orders, judgments and declarations of a court of competent jurisdiction (collectively referred to as the"Laws'), applicable to the Work to be provided by, and the undertakings and obligations of, the Contractor under this Contract. GC 7.01.04 Compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act .01 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation 213/91, as amended, (that regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations as amended under the Act (the "Regulations") that may affect the performance of the Work, as the "Constructor"or"employer,"as defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that: a) worker safety is given priority in planning, pricing, and performing the Work; 1 1 November 2019 Page 38 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a ' "Constructor" and "employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them; c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work; d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills, and protective devices required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to work in safety; e) its supervisory employees are"Competent Persons" as defined in the OHSA, and carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due consideration for the health and safety of the workers; ' f) all Subcontractors and their workers are properly protected from injury while they are at the Working Area; and g) following execution of the Contract and prior to the issuance of the order to commence by the Owner, upon request the Contractor submits to the Contract Administrator a copy of the Notice of Project issued to the Ministry of Labour. ' .02 The Contractor, when requested, shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy and program at the pre-start meeting and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and the inspectors appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. .03 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System of ' "WHMIS", which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under "WHMIS" shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator in writing of changes in the products to be used and provide relevant Safety Data Sheets. ' .04 During the course of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish forthwith to the Contract Administrator a copy of all correspondence, reports, orders or charges respecting occupational health and safety, including under the Act, Technical Standards and Safety Act, 2000, S.O. 2000, c.16 as amended, ' and the Criminal Code, R.S.C., 1985, c. C-46 as amended, which are received by, or which come to the notice of, the Contractor that apply or are relevant to any of the Work or activities conducted under the terms of the Contract. ' .05 Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as requiring the Owner to monitor or approve the workplace health and safety practices of the Contractor. ' GC 7.01.05 Contractor's Representatives .01 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any Work is being performed, to supervise the Work and act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names, addresses, positions, and cell phone, and telephone numbers of the Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the Contract, and update as necessary. November 2019 Page 39 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 .02 The Contractor shall designate a person to be responsible for traffic control and work zone safety. The designated person shall be a competent worker who is qualified because of knowledge, training, and experience to perform the duties; is familiar with Book 7 of the Ontario Traffic Manual; and has knowledge of all potential or actual danger to workers and motorists. Prior to the commencement of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the name; address; position; cell phone, and telephone numbers of the designated person, and update as necessary. The designated person may have other responsibilities, including other construction sites, and need not be present in the Working Area at all times. GC 7.01.06 Assistance to the Contract Administrator .01 The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities, and assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment. GC 7.01.07 Schedule ' .01 The Contractor shall prepare and update, as required, a construction schedule of operations, indicating the proposed methods of construction and sequence of Work and the time the Contractor proposes to complete the various items of Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 Days from the Contract award. If the Contractor's schedule is materially affected by changes in the work, the Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule, if requested by the Contract Administrator, within 7 Days of the request. This updated schedule shall show how the Contractor proposes to perform the balance of the Work, to complete the Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. .02 For Contracts with a specified number of Working Days, the construction time shown on the initial schedule shall not exceed the specified number of Working Days. The activities on the critical path shall assist the Contract Administrator in determining the Controlling Operation for the purpose of the charging of Working Days. The construction schedule shall include all non-working periods and appropriate allowances for Inclement Weather. .03 For Contracts which specify a Contract Time, the construction time shown on the initial construction schedule shall not extend beyond the specified Contract Time. The construction schedule shall include all non-working periods and appropriate allowances for Inclement Weather. GC 7.01.08 Errors and Inconsistencies Relating to the Contract .01 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency, or omission relating to the Contract, the , Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator. 111.02 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contract Administrator in writing if the subsurface conditions observed in the Working Area differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents. GC 7.01.09 Utilities ' .01 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate Utility authorities for the stake out of all underground Utilities and service connections that may be affected by the Work. The Contractor shall observe the location of the stake outs prior to commencing the Work and if there is a discrepancy between the location of the stake outs and the locations shown on the Contract Documents, that may affect the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Administrator and the affected Utility companies, in order to resolve the discrepancy. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground Utilities and service connections by November 2019 Page 40 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 r the Contractor's forces during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given in clause GC 2.01.01 a). .02 In the case of damage to or interference with any Utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles, or other public or privately-owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner, Contract Administrator, and the owner of the works of the location and details of such damage or interference. GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout ' .01 Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall locate on site those Monuments that delineate the Working Area and may be used to lay out the Work, all ' as shown on the Contract Drawings. Property Monuments shall be inventoried in the report format required by the Owner. .02 These Monuments shall be protected by highly visible T-bars or 1.0 metre tall stakes with survey ribbon set within 0.3 metres of the Monument. .03 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all Property Monuments while the Work is in progress, except those Property Monuments that must be removed to facilitate the Work as identified and agreed by the Contractor and Contract Administrator. Monuments removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced at the Owner's expense, and all others shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. .04 All Monuments disturbed, damaged, or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be documented in the inventory report and replaced under the supervision of an Ontario Land Surveyor. ' .05 The Monument inventory report referred to in clauses GC 7.02.01 and GC 7.02.04 shall include as a minimum: a) Contract number, Contract name, Contract Administrator's name; ' b) Project/site construction limits; c) Rough location, type, identification number, and condition of each Monument before and after construction; ' d) The solutions for protection of the Monuments that may be impacted by construction; e) Reference ties; f) A summary of those Monuments affected by the Work and how they were reset or replaced, and by what type of Monument. ' .06 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be necessary for the inspection of the Work. ' .07 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. .08 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all ' alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator. .09 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations, and dimensions of each and all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the Contract Administrator. November 2019 Page 41 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 r .10 All stakes, marks, and reference points shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, for any reason, before the end of the Contract Time such stakes, marks, and reference points shall be replaced, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Contractor and the Contract Administrator, at the Contractor's expense. .11 Benchmarks and survey monuments identified in the Contract Documents shall be protected by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, such benchmarks and survey monuments shall be replaced by the Owner at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.03 Working Area ' .01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of debris and prevent dust nuisance, mud, and ponding water, other than that caused by the Owner or others. .02 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures, and storage areas for Material and Equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner, maintained in a neat and orderly condition at all times and removed upon completion of the Work. .03 The Contractor shall confine the construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor require additional space, the Contractor shall obtain such space at no additional cost to the Owner. .04 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner. .05 Upon completion of the Contract, the Working Area used by the Contractor shall be restored to its original condition or better unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents including the removal of all excavated and stockpiled materials at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment .01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's vehicles or other Equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed Equipment, the Contractor shall, on the direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or substitutions for such vehicles or Equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner, remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles , .01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part; upon a Highway; and where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or permit such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted. The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads. GC 7.06 Maintaining Roads and Detours .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, if an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. .02 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, be responsible for providing and maintaining for the duration of the Work an alternative route for both pedestrian and vehicular traffic through the Working Area in accordance with the OTM, November 2019 Page 42 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 whether along the existing Highway under construction or on a detour road beside or adjacent to the 1 Highway under construction. .03 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor may block traffic for short periods of time to facilitate construction of the Work in accordance with the OTM. Any temporary 1 lane closures shall be kept to a minimum. .04 The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall not be required to apply de-icing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing. ' .05 Where only localized and separated sections of the Highway are affected by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's general operations under the Contract. ' .06 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific locations, payment for the construction of the detours and, if required, for the subsequent removal of the detours, shall be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such Work. ' .07 Compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Materials to do this Work shall be at the Contract prices appropriate to the Work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. ' Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no additional payment shall be made. ' .08 Where Work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period, including seasonal shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the Roadway and detours in a passable, safe, and satisfactory condition for public travel. .09 Where the Contractor constructs a detour that is not specifically provided for in the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if required, the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall be ' constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract Administrator. ' .10 Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, supply, erect, and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the OTM. ' .11 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of its obligations under subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons, and Property, dealing with the Contractor's responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the Working Area that are being maintained by others. GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services .01 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner, a) safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; ' b) continuity of Utility services; and November 2019 Page 43 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 c) access for emergency response services; to properties adjoining the Working Area. ' .02 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants, water and gas valves, and all other Utilities located in the Working Area. ' .03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance with subsection GC 7.11, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to create a minimum of interference to those affected. GC 7.08 Approvals and Permits .01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits, licences, and certificates, which at the date of tender closing, are required for the performance of the Work. , .02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits specified in clause GC 7.08.01,Approvals and Permit. GC 7.09 Suspension of Work .01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any or all of the Work and Work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing. Delays, in these circumstances, shall be administered according to subsection GC 3.07, Delays. GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 1 .01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract. .02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner written notice, terminate the Contract. .03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the Owner is in default of contractual obligations if, a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment; b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 28 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC 8.02.04, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within 28 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or , c) the Owner fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract. .04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7 Days immediately following receipt of the written notice, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. November 2019 Page 44 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in subsection GC 7.10, ' Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract,the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all Work performed according to the Contract Documents and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the Contract. GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor .01 Before any Work is carried out that may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of government or any person; company; partnership; or corporation, including a municipal corporation or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such Work to the person, company, partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected. GC 7.12 Environmental Incident Management under Legislation Protecting the Environment and Natural Resources .01 The Contractor shall be in strict compliance with the requirements of the following legislation, as amended, regarding environmental incidents under the control of the Contractor or that are a result of the Contractor's operations: a) Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E.19 b) Fisheries Act, R.S.C. 1985, c. F-14 c) Technical Standards and Safety Act, 2000, S.O.2000, c. 16 ' d) Pesticides Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. P.11 e) Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.40 ' f) Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act, 1992, S.C.1992, c. 34 .02 The requirements of the legislation listed in clause GC 7.12.01 include but are not restricted to: a) Immediate containment of the material, pollutant, contaminant, deleterious substance, or dangerous good; b) Immediate notification of the environmental incident to the proper authority; and c) Clean up and restoration of the environment to preconditions. ' .03 The Contractor shall possess a plan demonstrating that environmental incidents shall be managed to satisfy the requirements of clauses GC 7.12.01 and GC 7.12.02. .04 The Contractor shall provide a copy of the environmental incident plan to the Contract Administrator when required and shall inform the Contract Administrator immediately of: a) An environmental incident when it occurs; and b) Any actions taken or intended to be taken by the Contractor regarding the environmental incident. I November 2019 Page 45 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 .05 The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the legislation listed in clause GC 7.12.01. GC 7.13 Obstructions .01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and , responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner for any loss, damage, or expense occasioned thereby. .02 Where the obstruction is an underground Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not be required to assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of the obstruction is shown on the Plans or described in the Contract Documents and the location so shown is within the tolerance specified in clause GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the presence and location of the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could have been determined by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with these General Conditions. .03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility to consult with Utility companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utilities from damage. GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations .01 Except for such Work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry out operations under the Contract on Saturdays, Sundays, and any holidays recognized by the Owner without permission in writing from the Contract Administrator. .02 The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate the Work with other Contractors, Utility companies, and the Owner and they shall be allowed access to their Work or plant at all reasonable times. GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance , .01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, tools, and Equipment not required for the performance of the remaining Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by the Owner or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. .02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed surplus materials, tools, and Equipment. The Contractor shall also have removed debris, other than that caused by the Owner, or others. GC 7.16 Warranty .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or components of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that the design and standards permit such performance. .02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work that appear, I November 2019 Page 46 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the ' Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, b) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or c) such longer periods as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or some of the Work. ' The Contract Administrator shall promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or deficiencies. ' .03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of clause GC 7.16.02. GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers ' .01 The Contractor shall only employ orderly, competent, and skillful workers to do the Work and whenever the Contract Administrator shall inform the Contractor in writing that any worker or workers involved in the Work are, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, incompetent, or disorderly ' such worker or workers shall be removed from the Work and shall not be employed on the Work again without the consent in writing of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.18 Drainage .01 During construction and until the Work is completed, the Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that of the existing drainage conditions. I I November 2019 Page 47 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement GC 8.01.01 Quantities .01 The Contract Administrator shall make an Estimate in writing once a month, unless otherwise ' specified in the Contract Documents, of the quantity of Work performed and provide such Estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut-Off Date. .02 Quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final quantities for the issuance of the Completion Payment shall be based on the measurement of Work completed. .03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed may be either by Actual Measurement or by Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements shall normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be paid according to Actual Measurement or lump sum. GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities I .01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done or Material to be supplied or both by the Contractor under a unit price tender item may exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the Contractor shall proceed to do the Work or supply the Material or both required to complete the tender item and payment shall be made for the actual amount of Work done or Material supplied or both at the unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below: a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by ' the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the Work performed or Material supplied or both which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price shall be based on the actual cost of doing the Work or supplying the Material or both under the tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be paid. b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may be audited by the Owner. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be paid. Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the Completion Payment. I November 2019 Page 48 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 8.02 Payment GC 8.02.01 Non-Resident Contractor .01 If the Contractor is not a registered entity in Ontario, the Contractor shall obtain all necessary ' approvals, consents, permits, licences, certificates, registrations, and other authorizations prior to execution of the Contract. .02 The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors the Contractor proposes to use for carrying out ' any of the Work required by the Contract and who are not a registered entity in Ontario have obtained all necessary approvals, consents, permits, certificates, registrations, and other authorizations prior to execution of the subcontract. GC 8.02.02 Price for Work .01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its performance. The term"all labour, Equipment, and Material"shall include Hand Tools, supplies, and other incidentals. .02 Payment, for Work which is identified in the Contract Documents but not specifically detailed as part ' of any one item shall be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated. GC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Material .01 The Owner shall make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: a) The Contractor shall deliver the Material to a site approved by the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate and proper storage facilities. b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following procedure: i. Sources Other Than Commercial (A) Granular A, B, BI, BII, Bill, M, and 0 shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the Contract price. (B) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and Portland cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for each aggregate stockpiled. ' ii. Commercial Sources Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates shall be considered at the above rate when such Materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to be carried out before incorporating such Materials into a final product. Advance payments for other Materials located at a commercial source shall not be made. c) Payment for all other Materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, shall be based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to the Contract Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner. ' d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the Material. Such payment shall not exceed 80%of the Contract price for the item. I November 2019 Page 49 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the Material and shall thenceforth be held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations, except for inclusion in the Work,without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator. f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss, damage,theft, improper use, or destruction of the Material however caused. .02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in clause GC 8.02.03.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance shall only be determined when the Material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification. GC 8.02.04 Certification and Payment GC 8.02.04.01 Progress Payment I .01 The Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for progress payments monthly or at intervals specified in the Contract Documents after starting the Work on this Contract. The Contractor shall submit the Proper Invoice to the Contract Administrator and to the Owner. This Proper Invoice shall be for work completed at the agreed to Cut-Off Date. .02 A Proper Invoice shall include; I a) the requirements as set out in section 6.1 of the Construction Act; b) the quantities of Work performed; ' c) the value of Work performed; d) any advanced payment for Material; e) the amount of Statutory Holdback, liens, Owner's set-off; I f) the amount of any applicable taxes; g) the amount due to the Contractor; and I h) any other information that may be prescribed in the Contract Documents. .03 Payment shall be made within 28 Days of the submission of the Proper Invoice unless a notice of non-payment has been issued in accordance with the Construction Act. .04 The Owner shall retain the Statutory Holdback in the form and amount as required under the Construction Act. GC 8.02.04.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion .01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the 1 Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract. I November 2019 Page 50 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I .02 The Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion, if the subcontract has been completed in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by the subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory to the Contract Administrator. ' .03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on which the subcontract was completed and, within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified complete, the Contract Administrator shall give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the Subcontractor concerned. GC 8.02.04.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment .01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner shall release and pay the Contractor the Statutory Holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be made 61 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor submits the following to the Contract Administrator: ia) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that shall release the Owner from all further claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback monies; 1 b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract; c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board relating to the subcontract; and d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor. .02 Clause GC 8.02.04.03.01 d), shall only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the Contract Administrator specifically requests it. .03 Upon receipt of the Statutory Holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the payment due under the subcontract. .04 Release of Statutory Holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their responsibilities. GC 8.02.04.04 Substantial Performance of Work .01 The Contractor, as part of the application for Substantial Performance, shall submit an itemized list of the outstanding work. .02 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Performance. .03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on which the Contract was substantially performed and, within 7 Days after signing the said certificate, ' and shall provide a copy to the Contractor. .04 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Act, as amended, publish a copy of the certificate in the manner set out in the regulations. November 2019 Page 51 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .05 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract Administrator, the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense. .06 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Act, the 60 Day lien period prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.04.05, Substantial Performance Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above. GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory I Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 Prior to the Contract Administrator issuing the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for the Work completed. In addition to the requirements specified under section 8.02.04.01.02, the Proper Invoice shall include: a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance; ' b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work; c) the amount of the Statutory Holdback, allowing for any previous releases of Statutory Holdback to the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected Equipment; and d) the amount due the Contractor. ! .02 Payment shall be made within 28 Days of the date of submission of the Proper Invoice. .03 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment I certificate releasing to the Contractor the Statutory Holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such Statutory Holdback shall be due 61 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: a) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board; and I b) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. .04 Any amount of security retained shall be identified on the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate. GC 8.02.04.06 Certification of Completion .01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the 111 Contract has reached Completion,the Contract Administrator shall issue a Completion Certificate. .02 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work I was completed and, within 7 Days of signing the said certificate, the Contract Administrator shall provide a copy to the Contractor. I November 2019 Page 52 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 Prior to the Contract Administrator issuing the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for the Work completed. In addition to the requirements noted under section 8.02.04.01.02, the Proper Invoice shall include: a) measurement and value of Work at Completion; ' b) the amount of the further Statutory Holdback based on the value of further Work completed over and above the value of Work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate referred to above; and c) the amount due the Contractor. .02 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further Statutory Holdback. Subject to any outstanding liens and permissible set-offs and upon submission of a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, the Owner shall pay the remaining holdback on the Work done, within 28 Days after the expiration of the 60-Day lien period. .03 Any amount of security retained shall be identified on the Completion Payment Certificate. GC 8.02.04.08 Interest 01 Interest due to the Contractor shall be based on simple interest and calculated using the applicable Rate of Interest. Interest shall begin to accrue on an amount that is not paid when it is due to be paid under Part-I of the Construction Act, at the prejudgment interest rate determined under subsection 127 (2) of the Courts of Justice Act or, if the Contract specifies a different interest rate for this purpose, the greater of the prejudgment interest rate and the interest rate specified in the Contract. GC 8.02.04.09 Interest for Late Payment .01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or for release of Statutory Holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the dates set out below: a) Progress Payment: 28 Days after submission of Proper Invoice; b) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after the date on which the subcontract was completed; c) Substantial Performance Payment: 28 Days after the date of issuance of the certificate; d) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance; ' e) Completion Payment: 28 Days after the date certified as the date on which the Contract reached Completion; and f) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after the date certified as the date that the Work was completed. I November 2019 Page 53 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in clause GC 8.02.04.09.01, interest shall only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements. GC 8.02.04.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims .01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits or procedure or both described by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the Rate of Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of the settled claim. Such interest shall not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion of that part of the Work. .02 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection , GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid. .03 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30 Day time limit and the procedures prescribed in clause GC 3.13.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period. GC 8.02.04.11 Owner's Set-Off .01 Pursuant to the Construction Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities, including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work, claims for damages by third parties that have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner, and any assessment due the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. .02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action. , GC 8.02.04.12 Delay in Payment .01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does 111 not exceed the due dates as defined in clause GC 8.02.04.09.01. GC 8.02.05 Payment on a Time and Material Basis I GC 8.02.05.01 Definitions .01 For the purpose of clause GC 8.02.05 the following definitions apply: Cost of Labour means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging, or similar items and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for such labour and supervision but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision, administration, and management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary, or Payroll Burden for which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment. Cost of Material means the cost of Material purchased or supplied from stock and valued at current market prices for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work by the Contractor or by others, when such arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized invoices. Operated Rented Equipment means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the supplier of the Equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator. I November 2019 Page 54 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I Payroll Burden means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment ' insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund, and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs. Rented Equipment means Equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time and Material Basis from a person, firm, or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as the word "associate" is defined by the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the Contract Administrator. Road Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of roads, streets, Highways, and parking lots and includes all work incidentals thereto other than Work on structures. Sewer and Watermain Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other than Work on structures. Standby Time means any period of time that is not considered Working Time and which together with the Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in any one Working Day and during which time a unit of Equipment cannot practically be used on other Work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition. Structure Work means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation, or demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying of the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and the installation of Equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto. The 127 Rate means the rate for a unit of Equipment as listed in OPSS.PROV 127, Schedule of Rental Rates for Construction Equipment, Including Model and Specification Reference, that is current at the time the work is carried out or for Equipment that is not so listed, the rate that has been calculated by the Owner, using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates. Work on a Time and Material Basis means Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, Standard Specifications and provisions of the Contract. Working Time means each period of time during which a unit of Equipment is actively and of necessity engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time the unit cannot practically be transferred to other Work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition. 1 GC 8.02.05.02 Daily Work Records .01 Daily Work Records, prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the Contract Administrator reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on each Time and Material project, should be reconciled and signed each Day by both the Contractor's representative and the Contract Administrator. If it is not possible to reconcile the Daily Work ' Records, then the Contractor shall submit the un-reconciled Daily Work Records with its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. I November 2019 Page 55 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 GC 8.02.05.03 Payment for Work .01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Material to do 1 the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.05.04 Payment for Labour .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135% of the Cost of Labour up to $3,500, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of $3,500. .02 The Owner shall make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden. .03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract. GC 8.02.05.05 Payment for Material I .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of the Cost of the Material up to $3,500, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess of$3,500. GC 8.02.05.06 Payment for Equipment GC 8.02.05.06.01 Working Time I .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all Equipment, other than Rented Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment, used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The 127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows: a) Cost$12,000 or less-no adjustment; b) Cost greater than $12,000 but not exceeding $24,000 - payment $12,000 plus 90% of the portion in excess of$12,000; and c) Cost greater than $24,000-$22,800 plus 80%of the portion in excess of$24,000. .02 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to a maximum of 110% of the 127 Rate. This constraint shall be waived when the Contract Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment. .03 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the Equipment on the Work on a Time and Material Basis. , GC 8.02.05.06.02 Standby Time .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35% of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner shall pay reasonable costs for Rented Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by 1 November 2019 Page 56 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I the Contract Administrator. This shall include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but I has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. . In addition, the Owner shall include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who cannot be otherwise employed during the Standby Time or during the period of idleness caused by ' the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the Work requiring the Equipment can be resumed. The Owner shall pay such costs as a result from such return. .04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment shall be made by the Owner only in respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for or in respect of Hand Tools or Equipment that are tools of the trade. GC 8.02.05.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors .01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the commencement of such Work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.09, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material Basis by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis: a) 20%of the first$3,500; plus b) 15%of the amount from$3,500 to$12,000; plus c) 5%of the amount in excess of$12,000. .02 No further markup shall be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to others. If Work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act, no markup whatsoever shall be applied. GC 8.02.05.09 Submission of Invoices .01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of I such Work. .02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor. Each summary shall include the Change Directive or Change Order number and covering dates of the Work and shall itemize separately the labour, Materials, and Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment, and other charges incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each summary. I I November 2019 Page 57 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 r 1 .03 Each month the Contract Administrator shall include with the monthly progress payment, the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in 111 accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .04 The final summary as per clause 8.02.05.09.02 shall be submitted by the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.05.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis 111.01 Clause GC 8.02.05 does not preclude the option of the Contract Administrator and the Contractor negotiating a Lump Sum Item or unit price payment for Change in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work. GC 8.02.05.11 Payment Inclusions .01 Except where there is agreement in writing to the contrary, the compensation, as herein provided, shall be accepted by the Contractor as compensation in full for profit and all costs and expenses arising out of the Work, including all cost of general supervision, administration, and management time spent on the Work, and no other payment or allowance shall be made in respect of such Work. GC 8.02.06 Final Acceptance Certificate .01 After the acceptance of the Work or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired, the Contract Administrator shall issue the Final Acceptance Certificate. The Final Acceptance Certificate shall not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the case may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract. .02 Any remaining amount of security shall be released upon Final Acceptance of the , Contract. GC 8.02.07 Records I .01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work,Additional Work and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom. The Contractor shall preserve all such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all claims have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time. .02 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply certified copies of any part of its Records required, whenever requested by the Owner. GC 8.02.08 Taxes .01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of Tender, the Owner shall increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change involved. r 1 November 2019 Page 58 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I .02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance. .03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the 1 Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30 Days after Final Acceptance. .04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes that impact upon commodities, which when left in place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part of the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of Equipment, the provision of labour, and the supply of commodities that do not form part of the Work. .05 The Contractor shall add the Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)to all invoices. GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages .01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the Contract Documents. 1 I I I I I I I r I November 2019 Page 59 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 A1 ' AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. BR236B ' THIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TRIPLICATE THIS rd DAY OF March ,2020. BETWEEN: MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (hereinafter called"the Owner") 1475 Concession 5,R.R. 5 OF THE FIRST PART Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 - and- II FINNBILT GENERAL CONTRACTING LIMITED (hereinafter called "the Contractor") 3785 Line 29,R.R. 2 OF THE SECOND PART ' Stratford,ON N5A 6S3 ' WITNESSETH That the Owner and the Contractor, in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective promises and obligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows: ' ARTICLE 1 a) A description of the work is: Municipality of Kincardine,Repairs to Structure 2201 on Queen Street,Kincardine, Contract No. BR236B. b) The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically provided, at his own expense,provide all and every kind of labour,machinery,plant, structures,roads, ways, materials, appliances, ' articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the work set out in this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the Contract Administrator commence the works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and deliver the works complete in every particular to the Owner within the time specified. ARTICLE 2 In case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plans, or Specifications or General Conditions,or Tender, or any other documents or writing,the provisions of such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order;namely, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I A-2 I a) Agreement b) Addenda Ic) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings I e) Information to Bidders f) Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings I h) i) Form of Tender Supplemental General Conditions j) General Conditions Ik) Working Drawings ARTICLE 3 I The Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Owner(or the Engineer) and without restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of Ithis contract. ARTICLE 4 The Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects complied with the provisions of this contract, will be paid for and in respect of the works at the tendered I lump sum or unit prices after measurement approved by the Contract Administrator, the total which is presently estimated to be the sum of Three Million, One Hundred Fifty-One Thousand, Three Hundred Sixty-Nine Dollars Iand Ninety-Six Cents ($3,051,369.96) subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof, I subject to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as may be provided in the attached hereto. 1 ARTICLE 5 Where any notice, direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made I by one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Contract Administrator, it shall be deemed sufficiently given or made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Contract Administrator at the following address: IB. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street IGoderich, ON N7A 2T4 Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the Contract I Administrator, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Contract Administrator appointed in accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and where any such notice, direction or other communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy Ithereof shall likewise be delivered to the Contract Administrator. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r • I A.3 ARTICLE 6 ' A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Provisions, Addenda,Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto annexed and together with the Plans relating thereto and listed in the Specifications are made part of this ' Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. ARTICLE 7 No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be implied from anything in this contract contained,nor from any position or situation of the parties at any time, it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights against the Owner may be founded. ' ARTICLE 8 Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract. 1 ARTICLE 9 The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract,he has either investigated for himself the character of the work and all local conditions that might affect his tender or his acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated,he is willing to assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the work which might or could make the work or any items thereof, more expensive in character, or more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that he did not and does not rely upon information furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees,being aware that any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was not in any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner. ARTICLE 10 The Contractor declares that in entering into this Contract,he shall uphold the obligations of the Ontario Human Rights Code, the Occupational Health and Safety Act,the Employment Standards Act,the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act,the Criminal Code of ' Canada and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. In addition,he shall uphold any obligations established by the Owner's policies which prohibit harassment/discrimination on a number of grounds including political affiliation and the level of literacy. 1 WHERE LEGALLY MANDATED,the Contractor shall have in place the necessary policies, programs, information, instruction,plans and/or other supports that are consistent with his obligations and he shall have an internal process available for employees and service recipients to prevent, address and remedy discrimination,racism,harassment,hate and inaccessibility complaints. The Contractor agrees that he shall, upon request by the Owner,provide evidence of ' the policies,programs, information, instruction,plans and other supports and an appropriate internal complaint resolution process required under this Declaration which is sufficient to allow the Owner to determine compliance. The Contractor acknowledges that failure to demonstrate compliance with this declaration,to the satisfaction of the Owner, may result in the termination of the contract. I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I A-4 ARTICLE 11 IThis contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors, administrators,executors and assigns and each of them. IIN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the signature of Itheir proper officer, as the case may be. IFOR THE OWNER: I ,.« - Pin 0e c,od e Hauvr /. 30 _ c.20 Signature Name `Title Da • II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. 1 3Y1 icor Chombei5 r, AO Signature Name Title Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I I FOR THE CONTRACTOR: GLENN FINNIE wz /3 2 ,ozc' PRESIDENT ISignature Name Title / Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. ISignature Name Title Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I IY:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\A1-4-20Jan02.docx 1 MO I MN M N S N MI E = I M M — r M — all i 1 Page 1 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS CORPORATE STATEMENT ' OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine is committed to ensuring that a high standard of health and safety is provided and maintained for all employees' visitors, guests,contractors, agents and others on our premises. ' Accordingly, a corporate health and safety policy and procedure manual has been adopted and implemented and shall be adhered to. ' ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL: 1. Demonstrate establishment and maintenance of health and safety program with objectives and standards consistent with applicable legislation and with the Municipality of Kincardine's health and safety policies and requirements. ' 2. Submit a copy of past accident records and Worker's Compensation Board Number. 3. Include health and safety provisions in their management systems to reach and maintain 1 consistently a high level of health and safety. 4. Ensure that workers in their employ are aware of hazardous substances that may be in use ' at their place of work and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as may be required. 1 5. Upon request at any time from award to completion of contract, submit proof of fulfilment of above responsibilities. 6. Must comply with Workplace Safety Insurance Board(WSIB)premiums. 7. The Contractor shall sign-off on the corporate occupational health& safety form stating 1 his agreement to comply. ' Your co-operation and assistance in this matter is appreciated and vital to the Health and Safety of all. I I Y:\Project_Mgmt Resources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE I M AI M - I N - - - MI r M NO S M - M - N 1 Page 2 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE ' OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE FORM ' I have read the"Municipality of Kincardine,Notice to All Contractors, Corporate Statement of Occupational Health and Safety"and agree to comply with it. FINNDILT GENERAL CONTRACTING L ;.9ISED ' GLENN FINNIE PRESIDENT A4 /RI 0 Z-0Contractor's Name Date I I 111 Y:\Project Mgmt Resources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I 1 ' CONTRACT RELEASE (IN THE MATTER of a contract,known as Contract No. (entered into between _ ( the Owner ( AND ' ( the Contractor (dated , 20_ (for the construction of 1 (in , Ontario. ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I/We ' (name of Contractor, in full) for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner,have remised,released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myself/ourselves,my/our heirs, executors,administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, ' remise,release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns,of and from all manner of action and actions,cause and causes of action, suits,debts,dues, sums of money, claims and demands whatsoever at law or in equity which I/We ever had or now have,or which ' I/We or my/our heirs, executors,administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be,hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above-mentioned Contract, save and except any claim which I/We have arising out of; ' 1) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price; and ' 2) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work; and 3) (if none, state "none") IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals. 1 SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) ) ) ) ) ) ' Witness or Company Seal Date ' Y:\Project Mgmt_Resourcesworms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Contract Release 18Aug9.docx I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS,LIABILITIES&PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS ' DOMINION OF CANADA IN THE MATTER of(a contract,known as PROVINCE OF ONTARIO entered into between( the Owner ' AND( dated( the Contractor ,20 for the construction of( in( ,Ontario. TO WIT: I, of in the ' Province of 1. That I am ,do solemnly declare: of the (President, Secretary,Treasurer,a Partner,etc.) ' Contractor named in the Contract above-mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts hereunder declared. 2. That the said Contractor has complied with the terms of the Construction Act,R.S.O. 1990,c.C.30 ' and amendments thereto,and with the requirements of statutes and regulations of the Province of Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages. 3. That with the exception of accounts listed below,and amounts held back and amounts deferred by written agreement,all liabilities incurred by the said Contractor arising out of work performed have been discharged. 4. That the following is a complete list of disputed accounts: Name&Address of Creditor Service Rendered Total Claims($) _ Amount in Dispute Amount Paid($) ' (If there are no accounts, enter"NONE" above) 5. That all persons who have placed or furnished any material or things to be used in connection with the above Contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect of such work, service,materials or things and there are no liens,garnishees,attachments or claims relating thereto. 6. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof. 7. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above-named Contractor has received notice have been fully paid or settled,except for the following: Claimant Description of Amount of Amount Paid($) ' Claim Claim($) (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\OLD FORMS\Statutory Declaration 18Aug9.docx Page 1 of 2 1 1 8. That the above-named Contractor has not had any notice of any grounds for a claim(other than those covered by paragraph 7 above)connected with this contract by a third party and for which a 111 claim might be made and I believe that no such claim will be made. AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of"The Canada Evidence Act". DECLARED before me at the of) in the County of ) this day of ) A.D.20 ) 1 ) ) A Commissioner,etc.or Notary Public 1 1 1 1 i i 1 i i 1 1 1 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\OLD FORMS\Statutory Declaration 18Aug9.docx Page 2 of 2 1 I 22.0m min I / ,�� E Traversable //�/ / g obstacle // // 5.7 1.0 Edge of shoulder free zona _1g:1 Ta Edge of pavement I Rounding breakpoint?I� _15:1 T/ope=—//. 1.Sm min Pe —Ai—Fr—rr — 1"e R 8 �R�/lF✓ N/� �j Note 1 ,f— II \-- �/4 B C 1 Traffic flow Steel beam guide rail SBEAT I or steel beam guide rail with channel PLAN aE o: �j, of o-7 W D. W LN W a. W L I Shoulder Shoulder 1.8m min 1.5m min ' 1 ' Rounding breakpoint 1 _L Note 1 Rounding breakpoint 4H 1 V, Nate 2 _1' Note 2 I Subgrade OG Typ 3N:1V Granular base t OG 31 and subbase Benching Existing earth slope Typ OPSD 208.010 Typ yp ISECTION A—A SECTION B—B FILL SECTION I w = wU O E a N _" _ c o+> o+o ° E °v Wa. w� m Shoulder Shoulder Rounding breakpoint 1.8m min 4H:1 V, Note 2W Q W 1.5m min Rounding breakpoint Note 1 4R:1V, Note 2 1 1.8m 1 min ,...2_.13m 3H:1V, Note 3 Amin �� 3H:1V. Note 3 8H:1V 8H:1V I 0.5m min 0.5m min 1 SECTION A—A SECTION B—B CUT SECTION I NOTES: 1 Measured from traffic side face of steel beam at the first post. 2 Slope shall be flatter when specified. I 3 Slope shall be steeper when specified. A For leaving end and constrained approach end applications, see OPSD 202.032. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING _ Nov 2016 I Rev I 1dio S ROADWAY WIDENING FOR (E--1) STEEL BEAM ENERGY ATTENUATING TERMINAL APPROACH END OPSD 202.031 I . Rounding breakpoint Edge of shoulder I 1.0 1.9 Edge of pavement 1.9 1.0 A B 15:1 Taper _ _ 15:1 Taper 1 15:1 Toper _ " 15:1 Toper I _2-10.9m min _- - - 0.9m minim Note 1 =� -� Note 1 ii SBEAT A SBEAT B C, 1 Traffic flow Steel beam guide rail or steel beam guide rail I LEAVING END with channel CONSTRAINED APPROACH END PLAN 15 a, o " o ", I E E cn> cno a 05o Q wa W 0 Q was. wft) Shoulder I Shoulder 1.2m min I Rounding breakpoint 0.9m min Note 1 1 1 Rounding breakpoint ...nnII 4H:1V, Note 2 I 3N.l V, Note ? fH1V4e 2 Subgrade OG OG Typ Nota.3 Granular base Benching Noe 3 I and subbase OPSD 208.010 Existing earth slope Typ Typ Typ SECTION A-A SECTION B-B FILL SECTION — — C '8 ` ' w o I 0E 0o os o0 E E Ea) e O 7 w e N 7 O'> Et') O+> O+O w a w c_ W a w u Shoulder Shoulder 1.9m min I►-►—0.9m min Rounding breakpoint Note 1 1 I Rounding breakpoint 9 3H:1V, Note 2 =# 4H:1V, Note 2 -5\k,si. r ,N,J. 1 0.5m min 0.5m min SECTION A-A SECTION B-B I CUT SECTION NOTES: I 1 Measured from traffic side face of steel beam at the first post. 2 Slope shall be flatter when specified. 3 Slope shall be steeper when specified. I A For approach end application see OPSD 202.031. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev 125k` I ROADWAY WIDENING FOR Y); STEEL BEAM ENERGY ATTENUATING TERMINAL ` cp .ps LEAVING END AND - I CONSTRAINED APPROACH END OPSD 202.032 I I Area under .. ro^ construction ft�'+�;t '%k .------"--\&In i ' End 3 �� t 44 1� run � '' '• ,,.,, - ,. Barrier `��jyl0 main r` 1„ • tv'� w„I u.,• , End run �� I - ` 4�---� Area under protection il k,t i i ,....1, '' ' enc ' ,r— rSe; PERSPECTIVE VIEW IStraw bales Direction of flow I Note 1 Note 2 Typ V Typ Stakes equally spaced A102 I ,e,t70,,r An ec' 7 Main run I PLAN I+ IStraw bale Stake driven flush Bale ties I NM( not shall be in contact with ground F--- # i:::), � .11.1111111111 Original Direction i ground rii of flow � ,20o r I sOp` / _ / and c spac d backfilled and compacted 0 0 I ISOMETRIC VIEW lJ V I NOTES: SECTION A—A 1 Straw bales shall be butted tightly against adjoining bales to prevent I sediment flow through barrier. 2 Caulk and compact gaps with loose straw. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING _ Nov 2015 I Rev 128037—, LIGHT-DUTY . �� I STRAW BALE BARRIER OPSD 219. 100 I . I Areo under End I construction Le 1 run IP/0„, ---------,11., .1.1 k y{N' fM Oa N.' 't#'"s:,,,,, . r li''''' -,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,, ""'t ,,,,, Barrier �‘ c I taw W'33 , main run � wu1 '+W , - End run �y �' , Area under protection 1; iv I, PERSPECTIVE VIEW I `fs [ ca I 0 Direction of flow 0 ,>v\ _ of ^°o v )1 / 1 yA 2m max, Typ A Main run 40m max PLAN _ I G�M Control measure support f� (OR � 04 Geotextile zff4 I , E 300mm min Stake 1111 ;11\� Direction E of geotextile IIII ''''•'lll \� of flow of o in trench ��ur�a, , to Trench shall be J`� / backfilled and Originalground O`��,,// \ I compacted 9 p``�� \. 111 ;,i•, o'iif O`1!' 0 E t E L____400-I g JOINT DETAIL Iol SECTION A-A NOTE: I A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 12 dp Sri,, , I ice HEAVY—DUTY •,n „,.. SILT FENCE BARRIER �` I OPSD 219. 130 I 111111 I OM MI M N M MO IIIIII OM 11111 I E M IIIIII OM E E \ �� WATERBODY \ � Floatation WORK AREA10 Load line �. Change in direction 11 A A At \ -1— I -. .— ifi Mooring buoy Typ WATERBODY Anchor sufficient to provide NON WORK AREA positive positioning of turbidity curtain PLAN Tie down Ballast • Water 1 Mooring buoy Formed and heat line Load line sealed or sewn seam OPSD 219.261I 1 Formed and heat Water Existing — Mooring line sealed or sewn seam line ground OPSD 219.261 surface 10m max Turbidity curtain geosynthetic Bottom of waterbody Adjustment lines SECTION A-A Typ NOTES: A All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 IRev 12 ,%- TURBIDITY CURTAIN OPSD 219.260 I I E o 0 Ea E Low Water level -� - t- 0 II ,,• I Load line .,14, Floatation . Ii� I I I I Upper sleeve II I Formed and heat II sealed or sewn seam U II I I Turbidity curtain geosynthetic I :• ,0,� / Formed and heat sealed or sewn seam "; Adjustment lines 0 I ____- 0,0_ _______ Ji.„, Lower sleeve Ballast I Bottom of waterbody I OBLIQUE VIEW I NOTES: I A All dimensions are in millimeters. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 'Rev 12 gip r , I TURBIDITY CURTAIN V. °4L-w e I SEAM DETAIL OPSD 219.261 I Varies 1.5m min Note 2 On3n - Slope as specified Boulevard Concrete Slope 2 to 4% sidewalk 2 to 10% — I2 to 8% ~— — R5 125mm R5 *\_ Subgrade or granular I Note 1 base as specified TYPICAL SECTION I5--{r 5 Y 'O ': �' ' v r•' ° a: ~ o Expansion Curb with gutter P joint material I DUMMY JOINT (OPTIONAL) Sidewalk Boulevard R0.5m 1'; 1 Typ ramp I Note 3 5—{r I—0.25T II ....... ....... ....... ME co IE c A :a. v • '4:' ;L N Typ Expansion II w joints, Typ o ,. •••0 •.r,, „ a, � a it Sidewalk bay, Typ I CONTRACTION JOINT (Note 4) INI Dummyoints, Typis R5mm (Optional) II Typ 5 e incc) Y Contraction v •• e . cu 3 joints, Typ r o N 1E w IJOINT LAYOUT I -! F-- 12mm expansion joint material EXPANSION JOINT I NOTES: I 1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways and adjacent to curb shall be 150mm. At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall be 200mm. 2 Sidewalk width shall be wider when specified. 3 This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 310.030, 310.031, I 310.033, and 310.039. 4 Contraction Joint may be tooled or sawcut. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING _ Nov 2019 I Rev 13 gstpAwsTAN Alsy; I CONCRETE SIDEWALK .k-Fe OPSD 310.010 r • I 1.5m min Note 2 ' Eon joint material mm Finished road Slope 2 to 4% 150Note 1 surface ° ° `—Concrete sidewalk R5 R5 j L Subgrade or granular base as specified I Curb and gutter as specified 51 r 5 TYPICAL SECTION J Y c iv A'.' . ..,o• . ..o.' �: o Expansion I a r joint material ~ o Curb with gutter Note 3 DUMMY JOINT 4' 1 51 r i0.25T —11.5mF— lkillit Typ T e N'Y Contraction iti I joint, Typ ° :o. •. a' } 3 Expansion F N joints, Typ II w CONTRACTION JOINT Sidewalk bay, Typ R5mm 5 Typ Dummy joints, Typ 11 e # '' En _ (Optional) cu 3 § v v. _C '0 d ° r y Contraction 1- o joint, Typ --I [-- 12mm expansion JOINT LAYOUT joint material I EXPANSION JOINT I NOTES: 1 At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall be 200mm. 2 Sidewalk width shall be wider when specified. 3 This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 310.030, 310.031, 310.033, and 310.039. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 Rev I 3 sem` I �O pin CONCRETE SIDEWALK qL-0 ADJACENT TO CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 310.020 r I iua) ili 11111111111111 . 1 imi � ' AS3", I\ III e %44,./..2_,, E �cn , Crosswalk E ` '� ii . marking, Typ ;�1 ,E Cl- II I l Curb with gutter Through street as specified, Typ ! DOUBLE RAMP WITHOUT BOULEVARD RAMPS WITH BOULEVARD �� , I 5 Expansion � joint, Typ I A 3 '. . �`NThe plates shall extend the entire width of I' 3,,5 3 the sidewalk ramp at a minimum length of 610mm, in accordance with OPSD 310.039 3 I RAMP PLAN Back of sidewalk I Note 2 Gutter •� NOS 3 Note ima IL1.5m I 1.22m min I 1.5m a Taper Dropped curb Taper Dropped curb with RAMP ELEVATION I gutter as specified integral with ramp, • Ramp — 2.0m min 1.2m min Note 4 - r150-200 Finished road 1.., i —Slo•e 2 a to 2.5% —Slone 2% to 5% I surface I 1 a --Note ° V Expansion jointgligaliNgliSidewalk Ramp material, Typ 200mm min, Note 6 I 200mm min Tactile walking surface indicator, OPSD 310.039 RAMP SECTION I NOTES: 1 Slope of ramp shall not exceed 8%. 2 Cross slope of ramp shall not exceed 2% in either direction. 3 Cross slope of flared side of ramp shall not exceed 8%. I 4 Dropped curb at ramp shall be modified to eliminate 30 mm step at gutter line. 5 Minimum thickness of ramp is 200mm. Minimum thickness of sidewalk and flared sides adjacent to ramp is 150mm. I A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev I 1 tsTAN I CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS AT tL5y� UNSIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS OPSD 310.033 I Length Varies I. Note 2 Plate with tactile walking surface indicators Note �.00O�O�OO�OO�® O��O � .(#) .� OO OO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tt®4OO.< 111 OOO OO O OO r* OO O>774C7* .:ot0.04t4Z,04.<>4t0.104114.<>41t: 0 3 OO OO OO OO OO ® OOO ,O OO OO . ,sitt.4C>A<>4tea 1,G, <:>41 ea t.G.4&<>441P+4 4iO��p4 Po �®�O�5O4O�o . >< ..® I ®.<>0 o.. • .4o.. o 1 Detail A Vent, Note 1 Truncated dome Typ Typ PLAN I 1-1 ELEVATION Ribs as specified by manufacturer 55mm ±14mm 18mm ±6mm I0 29mm ±7mm, typ oc- Truncated Dome I / \ 1 4mm +1 mm 55mm ±14mm 1 } L 5mm min At Q O 2" IA SECTION A—A DETAIL A NOTES: TRUNCATED DOMES PLAN I 1 Vents shall be as specified by the manufacturer. 2 Length of plate may be increased to suit the curb depression width. 3 Material of plate shall be as specified in Contract Documents. A Adjacent cast iron plates shall be permanently connected using a locking mechanism and any hardware shall be hot dipped galvanized. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. 1 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev I 1 ,als4(% CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS TACTILE ,%IcilL) :j0 ti.) WALKING SURFACE INDICATORS ,cs COMPONENT OPSD 310.039 I I I I Dropped curb I at entrances Typ - 600 _ 600 -Thickness of - 400 0 15 4- 400 15. adjacent sidewalk , Typ 1,) _v:• n`'S v�S • o 1 S � I lasTa oA. . . . 7 , •-(r) . : � S •. 1 cv Note 3 I•,. •. •° ' . . . . .v Note 3 •I in '•� . v • �S I L25 L25 625 150L 625 -50— I For flexible For rigid pavement Additional width pavement 25x75mm keyway when sidewalk is Typ centred in concrete base adjacent to curb Note 1 and 3 Typ I Typ TANGENT SUPERELEVATED I I LEGEND: — Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %. Is NOTES: 1 When curb and gutter is adjacent to concrete pavement or base, this drawing I shall be used in conjunction with OPSD 552.010 and 552.020. 2 Flexible and composite pavement shall be placed 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter. I 3 For slipforming procedure a 5% batter is acceptable. A Treatment at entrances shall be according to OPSD 351.010. B Outlet treatment shall be according to the OPSD 610 Series. I C The transition from one curb type to another shall be a minimum length of 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide rail where it shall be according to the OPSD 900 Series. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 ,:� CONCRETE BARRIER CURB �� WITH WIDE GUTTER OPSD 600.010 r 1 I e d 0300m . NI Note 1 e. J v Granular Tapered top bedding See alternative C e SUMP DETAIL e J ALTERNATIVES • . Bottom riser section with 111 01200 inlet and outlet openings to suit Riser sections 11 • as required . 'd Bench or 01200 • e sump as specified I Q J L �. Monolithic base with inlet o., and outlet openings to suit 300mm max r a See alternatives A and B a Typ Granular Bench .-41- J Bench or sump bedding as specified �,;:•;:.�''• "; ` 300mm, Typ--t . . , • r e. A PRECAST SLAB BASE Granular bedding _•__,.-- _`r__ - jII Riser i 01200 section � 150 150ill NOTES: 300 till= 2751 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. Bench or I sump as A Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum specified 300 thickness of 300mm all around the r :,---•-•---.- •=--• --, - =�� maintenance hole. L. —�'`�' Steel reinforcement Granular B Precast concrete components shall be according as specified bedding to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, or 701.032. B CAST—IN—PLACE BASE C Structure exceeding 5.0m in depth shall include safety platform according to OPSD 404.020. D Pipe support according to OPSD 708.020. Flat cap E For benching and pipe opening details, Riser poimisim see OPSD 701.021. section F For adjustment unit and frame installation, 01200 see OPSD 704.010. G All dimensions are nominal. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. C PRECAST FLAT CAP ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I 5 i szra1 PRECAST CONCRETE ' MAINTENANCE HOLE 1200mm DIAMETER OPSD 701 .010 r I • ALTERNATIVES I Riser P q I .1 'a section Monolithic base 01500 A Tapered top a See alternatives D e Bench or sump •< ... �� ,;. as specified and E A Note 1 : .• a`1 Granular ' '• A' A L bedding (` ':..i.•-•,:::- `:=';:f.-4-• _ -..•-1 Riser sections --) ==��'= ="��.J os required 01200 A PRECAST MONOLITHIC BASE ', e /7—' Riser Transition slab • 1 section i r—150 See alternative C J '` 01500 e..1 01500 a 300 111.. _ �. 150 It --I_ 300mm max o E ill® .. : ��,.. ., ..':'. 300 Riser sections ' Typ Bench or sump !• .:_ .:t0r••e,.. as required E as specified c e.i. _ !•.:, q ". • • 1.•.o'. .:o. o Note 1 300 a '' .•"4. ..! .� •:.. . Bench or sump 0 ' '. ao -F,-,..;:-.,--. „-:.7:._,:-13.4.::.-.:---;,..:- as specified a ;•: Note 1 .:o; .1. ..'.. -f ,,_� ..-:"..... -4,- . :J Precast slab base e. • Granular Steel reinforcement i . _ • . •_, A A bedding as specified See alternatives ••e •a a• A and B �•_ - '� B CAST—IN—PLACE BASE ..\_ Riser III Granular 300mm section 01200 bedding Typ NOTES: 111111* 0 1 For sump detail, see OPSD 701.010. Riser section i 01500 A Granular backfill shall be placed to a I minimum thickness of 300mm all around the maintenance hole. C TAPERED TRANSITION SLAB B Precast concrete components shall be according to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, 701.040, Flat cap F. �igiCi I 701.041, 703.011, 703.021, and 706.010. C Structures exceeding 5.0m in depth shall Riser 01200 include safety platform according to section 1 OPSD 404.020 or 404.021. D Pipe support shall be according to D 1200mm PRECAST FLAT CAP OPSD 708.020. I E For benching and pipe opening details, 111111111Mill see OPSD 701.021. Flat cap F For adjustment unit and frame installation, 01500 II see OPSD 704.010. Riser 111 G All dimensions are nominal. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless section otherwise shown. E 1500mm PRECAST FLAT CAP 1 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 15 PRECAST CONCRETE ;W.; I MAINTENANCE HOLE �+L- 1500mm DIAMETER OPSD 701 .011 I . / A 150mm overlap, Typ ALTERNATE STANDARD HEIGHTS • - -� ALTERNATIVE DIMENSION A 1980 B ------- B B 1830 C 1520 WWR 185mm 2/m each way D 1380 1 ...1----- i A PLAN 830830 115___I- r____ 600 --1115 115 I-- 600 --1 115 o . N _N 11111 Knockout fa- v L4) Typ Note 2 . z Note 2 250 -vv v o v a v 9• a N E `a, WWR E w0 ' o 185mm2/m a- 0 o Outlet hole ° E each way N co W Note 1 . ; E a ,o T 00 E v v �� o N 300mm o ' all sides `o + : v Typ I o in • I _ J Granular SECTION A-A bedding SECTION B-Bill NOTES: 1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, C Frame, grate, and adjustment units shall location as required. be installed according to OPSD 704.010. 2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020. subdrain. Knockout shall be 60mm deep. E All dimensions are nominal. A Centre reinforcing in base slab and walls F All dimensions are in millimetres ±20mm. unless otherwise shown. B Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the catch basin. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev 14 i STAN" 1 ASIIKIgo :,„,:d), PRECAST CONCRETE CATCH BASIN5I 600x600mm OPSD 705.010 1 iB WWR 185mm2/m vertical 4-1 300mm 2/m horizontal -t—a.I I..r-+a+-1. - 3-1OM stirrups 200mm At jkA 2-10M r i 7 -- 150mm overlap `I t--r� I-ter. 2-15M Typ • 4 . • - ' 0 N Beam 4/ 115�I I--600 1 5 I B PLAN BEAM DETAIL I - 1680 115 600 250 600 —115 830 230 I115-4 r~ 600 --1 1-115 H • �-� .. •.a • Beam e See Detail • L `��p 4 ti6a�� • `o v afro�.5 ��i� > u' N II — I Note 2 vi y y Knockout 250 I~ E S v oo E 4-)Nootf e 2 • . E a e o-..=,Outlet hole • E ,_ E a cO a Note 1 'r 'o. 4) • E cn -WWR • e 4 0 �' I • 300mm s F all side1857. .m 2/m, each way :v • e I • ' ..d.I 150 _ _• A TYP I } Granular SECTION A—A bedding SECTION B—B NOTES: 111 1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, location as required. 2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate subdrain. Knockout shall be 60mm deep. 3 Minimum clearance between beam recess and hole for pipe shall be 300mm or ALTERNATE STANDARD minimum clearance can be 150mm with addition of two 15M size rebar on HEIGHTS I 45 degree diagonal. ALTERNATIVE DIMENSION A Centre reinforcing in base slab and walls ±20mm. A 1980 B Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the catch basin. B 1830 C Frame, grate, and adjustment units shall be installed according to OPSD 704.010. C 1680 D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020. E All dimensions are nominal. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev I 4 sr,4q, PRECAST CONCRETE0 P TWIN INLET CATCH BASIN c'�`s)�� 600 x 1450mm OPSD 705.020 I • PIPE IN SUPPORTED -- -- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED - PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION Finished surface —N EXCAVATION ,,/— Finished surface EXCAVATION f 0.5 0 _ Permanent \ _ ---Note 4, Typ f— Subgrade —�\ w or temporary \ - - = •_- o~ support system---'\\'-;.'. - ^r - ,_}: _ _ - `_ z \i; .. 1 1 . j '•,. 1•' _. -Ea� • _ Backfill material ' 'T• 7'�. Q =z° i \ • '- -� For pipe culvert frost treatment _ .' •••"•- 1.5 . ' Clearance J \' 300mm min Note 3 T \, Typ See table, Typ y• . � • c 0 \ B 300mm min •�` • "' E \ : : (i.• s c TYPE 1 OR 2 TYPE 3 w150mm \ min, Typ ::: SOIL SOIL 0.50 0.50 Bedding grade Note 2 0.50 _ Note 2 PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface LEGEND: 0 — Inside diameter 'T 0.50 Subgrade NOTES: = : .-:--.:-.,-;••'.7:%:.!::.' ., •, _..:•::.-:•-• .. x �1 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. \ •: - - 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom \ o Q1 - T~ 3 PP P P : of the pipe. +. Backfill material For pipe culvert frost 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 .. treatment, Note 3 and 803.031. 4 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. Bedding grade CLEARANCE TABLE A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted 0.50 PDiClearance TYPE 4 Insideameter prior to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment 0.50.1 mm mm material. Note 2 SOIL 900 or less 300 B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations Over 900 500 for Construction Projects. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 �Rev� 3 �� C All dimensions are in metres • .., unless otherwise shown. FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL _i EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.010 Mt OS MS 4111111 Nil NIP r l OM it V IIIII ,INNS 11111 O l S Mt MO I ON ON I I NII SR MN CIS IMN N MI I S SIN MN MIN — PIPE IN PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED -- - PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION SUPPORTED EXCAVATION Finished surface EXCAVATION Frmanent or * ** *** *** # m orapport temporary Q1 Q1 /3 I1 Subgrade \ 1 f 3 1 Note 4, Typ =F. system, Typ _ \ _ - v -;-..•,...j.": / �� --- .••.:i• c._:- Overburden -54) Rock a T— re' .`t= ri / i� w'! _ p o surface a� =r _' / \?),W aya\?: &>/- ;;s_r X4?). =Z Typ o' •_- Z.] / �- Backfill material \�Cr: _�� y , =%-- / . -'• v v v v v v For pipe culvert frost treatment a _ • • Y',:' i /�./,?.>/,Y ---., �.--��'/A/ i./. . Note 3 • �► 300mm min, Typ r'\ Clearance I_ 'e See table oo • : . 1 o Note 5, Typ E \!I • . . TYp 0 f • r 150mm min B '1 ;" . 0 Typ W .• I ' L.. .•L__• . J�v .v :fi �'� 0.50 Bedding grade 0.50 Note 2 Note 2 ORIGINAL ROCK < 1200mm ABOVE ORIGINAL ROCK Z 1200mm ABOVE TRENCH BOTTOM TRENCH BOTTOM NOTES: LEGEND: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. D — Inside diameter 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. — Type 1 or 2 soil 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be accordingto OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. ** — Type 3 soil *** — Type 4 soil 4 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. CLEARANCE TABLE 5 Embedment material shall be wrapped in non—woven geotextile when specified. Pipe Clearance A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted prior Inside Diameter to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment material. mm mm B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations 900 or less 300 for Construction Projects. Over 900 500 C Fractured rock shall be treated as Type 1 soil. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I 3 fp' sem,, D All dimensions are in metres FLEXIBLE PIPE �` unless otherwise shown. 10) EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL ,9, _ ' ROCK EXCAVATION OPSD 802.013 T Finished surface Sub rade — Clearance F .� g \ See table, Typ t ii, D . - Earth or granular fill - . : • D _.Z I: _ • '.. For pipe culvert frost . : • t 300mm min ..: � :• treatment . . �, ..''. .. . ... Typ Note : mm • • :... . emin • ,20YP Original ground— I E w Original ground 0.50 Bedding grade 0.5D Note 2 Finished surface Note 2 PIPE INVERT ABOVE Subgrade PIPE INVERT AT OR BELOW ORIGINAL GROUND ,E.--;,;.--_ • �D-1 _':s•-; = ; '._;'-_=ti ORIGINAL GROUND is `•.�r%i, -ri - ? - • 1. • \.' ' "'".:'•-''•- ;,f7:.-r;....;., "f...:.; ' .: y. I . . • .•�''-1—Note 4 • - - . . ,• �:=' Rock fill •-•/'.; _ For pipe culvert frost r-r'.`'_ •.n... .,6 treatment ': _ tt Note 3 0.50 LEGEND: Bedding grade Rock fill surface to be chinked prior r ' Note 2 j to placing geotextile and beddin D — Inside diameter PIPE EMBEDMENT NOTES: WITH ROCK FILL UNDER AND OVER THE PIPE CLEARANCE TABLE 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to topof pipe. Pipe Clearance 9 P�P Inside Diameter 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. mm mm 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. 900 or less 300 4 Embedment material shall be wrapped in non—woven geotextile when specified. Over 900 500 A Granular material placed in ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 �Rev � 3 s�� the haunch area shall be -� compacted prior to placing and FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT ' • compacting the remainder of the embedment material. cys�� IN EMBANKMENT �� B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ORIGINAL GROUND: EARTH OR ROCK OPSD 802.014 Iii r OM t — — — all all firUM `1 MIN — all — — Ma f OM MO 411. MI ale MIN OM MI MIN NI MS MI MI ale MINI IMP SIB 1111. al PIPE IN SUPPORTED - - PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED - PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION v— Finished surface F7 Note 5, Typ ,,— Subgrade w F //////////777,: : .: .- _:•, _t.•.- -' " ::::-•:-:-.7- \\\\\\` '////7/ : _X A_; : • :-• ';',..:•:1'...";v:;\•r '\\\\\\\\\\\\\N o Permanent or j�\:1, "y •y:.! ^_ Al 1�� -r.:':r; J .: .r- • `.. .\\\ rn.°' temporary '^'�\.- `' . . . . .;.- 1 1 '. ▪ ~4= S`- `\ �,z° support system ^\ y• :• Backfill material , . . .• I Typ For min TypFor pipe culvert frost treatment . • • ••- . • : . : \ Note 4 I L" Note I • • See table, Typ . ,'\ Cover material • \\\ • 0.5 00— -N' • \ " ; . D • ,„ 1200mm max, Typ 0 1, ,\ \ r0.15OD ..2.,•,:• ° :t:`-'i;.\ Compacted . ' \�\\ + t ^ •.• :� bedding material 'S'• ;fi :?�;;„\ \ '<” _ -<'•'~ '\ Note 2 ! \ 0.6 0D0.5 00 Note 3 Bedding grade Note 3 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. In no case LEGEND: shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. 0 — Inside diameter CLEARANCE TABLE 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. OD— Outside diameter Inside DiaPipe meter Clearance 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. mm mm 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act Over 900 500 and Regulations for Construction Projects. . B All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 Rev 3 r unless otherwise shown. App , RIGID PIPE BEDDING, kW. COVER, AND BACKFILL _ > TYPE 1 OR 2 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.030 PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED I---- PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface \ T— \ — a. Note 5 0.5 00 0.500 o�'' Typ y Subgrade 7 .. Permanent or �• ••-- �•: �= - • ' - o temporary . • 300mm min, Typ "Q 1 r • = +� =z support system �� •_ 1 r.• _ ,_ Typ /�� - 1 1 ; \•' •• • 1 = Backfill material • ;. •i A 1 . . Clearance • 5 For pipe culvert frost . 1.5. -- See table 0.500 treatment, Note 4 Typ :I D `:,: Cover material 0 0.1500 • • 300mm min, Typ "', Compacted �'•:- .7 : . w .1;q•:`,..1•;:.%::'.. .. bedding material ; f Note 2 Bedding grade Typ 0.5 00 0.500 _ 0.600 _0.500 Note 3 Note 31 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. LEGEND: 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. In no case 0 — Inside diameter CLEARANCE TABLE shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. OD— Outside diameter Pipe 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. Inside Diameter Clearance 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. mm mm 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act Over 900 500 and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev I 3 o sem` unless otherwise shown. RIGID PIPE BEDDING, ' COVER, AND BACKFILL TYPE 3 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.031 MN UM 4111111 MB 41111111 r MI `M - OM - V I I - S l' OM MI I PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION r Finished surface a °"�T Note 5, Typ o^ ' __ 0.500 - _ '. Subgrade Permanent or temporary ///////r& -°• _ . *5 o support system _ •_ _ ' = .• .� . "' •_ :s -v_. >• Z Z Typ ^ Cover material - =-2,:.•;••-;�� 1 II0.500 0 . .. r.+e s. 3 Backfill material �'''` For pipe culvert frost Compacted treatment, Note 4 . / bedding material Bedding Note 2 0.6 00 grade Note 3 0.5 00 ICLASS B BEDDING I PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED - ` PIPE IN SUPPORTED Finished surface EXCAVATION EXCAVATION II Subgrade - AM10.5 OD r< .4'.:.; r- •-300mm min, Typ l •7 : "%• \ 1 :.:11-..-:';:::::•--*1:::,,,.;.:: -'_. "`. _. rL• \ Clearance 3 =`-:'-= 1 5 See table, Typ Backfill material 0 "1� Cover material For pipe culvert frost �- ��- ;:., :;E treatment, Note 4 Compacted I 0.1500 l � bedding material L Note 2 Bedding grade F—0.5 00 Note 3 1 0.5 00 1 CLASS C BEDDING CLEARANCE TABLE I LEGEND: Pipe Clearance Inside Diameter mm mm 0 — Inside diameter 900 or less 300 1 00 — Outside diameter Over 900 500 NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. I 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. I 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. I A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 'RevI 3 op ST\ / - %\ RIGID PIPE BEDDING, t0).' I COVER, AND BACKFILL ',k- TYPE 4 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.032 I PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface EXCAVATION - - EXCAVATION Permanent or temporary * ** *** *** s* w a system,surt Typ A1 A1 t g t t N Note 5, Typ 1 1 3 Sub rade 1 '4I) �O .0 .`--- �.r}• ,'r-moi / ///� Rock surface, Typ �\ —Lr3�_, •� •=.+.'- — =Z 5 \' _- _ • :::I J / -/ Backfill material \._ •','- .*• • -•'./ `c••:-.;•,:i?' .. // For pipe culvert \\ .i-,.•-•,---..,.., 0 1 • _ _ VY frost treatment :v= _ , x ance _O - . ^ 300mm min, Typ ki Note 4 ` 17 . . -� in , I Cover material I I • ► See[table, Typ E o I'.: E �ID [ 0.1500 oNote 6, Typ ( D : I� 1 N 1 — -1.:.;.',.:.,:: Compacted + :: ► 6; ;'.,E ibedding material •,::�: � ' l_ >)' 2 0.600 Bedding grade Note 2 �`�1 0.500 i� Note 3 Note 3 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. LEGEND: 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.250. In no case shall 0 - Inside diameter this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. OD - Outside diameter — 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. * - Type 1 or 2 soil CLEARANCE TABLE p p p p p p ** - Type 3 soil 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. e *** _ Type 4 soil Inside Pipe Clearance 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. mm mm 6 Embedment material shall be wrapped in non-woven geotextile when specified. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Over 900 500 Regulations for Construction Projects. B Fractured rock shall be treated as ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev I3 to s�`� Type 1 soil. • C All dimensions are in metres RIGID PIPE BEDDING, L. di unless otherwise shown. tyc�� COVER, AND BACKFILL -� ROCK EXCAVATION OPSD 802.033 IIIIII g NO M M 11111111 SMI ill OW ON — ON I all OM all MN GM NO — MI M 111111 r —, r AI" !N NO S — — — NB NM s 4 PIPE INVERT ABOVE PIPE INVERT AT OR BELOW PIPE INVERT ABOVE PIPE INVERT AT OR BELOW ORIGINAL GROUND - ORIGINAL GROUND ORIGINAL GROUND ORIGINAL GROUND Note 5, Typ e...._ Finished surface \ z.= >, o 0.5 00 0.500 0.5 00 0.500 / Subgrade Z300mm • . •?' Earth, granular, .. ' = min, Typ." or rock fill " ' For pipe culvert . frost treatment, Note 4 :i::,•••':•;.;....;.•• C ),;...: :,.i.— . 0 Cover material 0 0.1500 .. .:•.:r Compacted bedding .. •-•7:.;;'..;':4'114-i•• Clearance material + Original ground See table, Typ Original ground — 0.5 OD 0.6 00, Note 3 Bedding grade 0.5 00,NNote ote 23 Note 2 CLASS B BEDDING EARTH AND ROCK EXCAVATION CLASS C BEDDING PIPE INVERT ABOVE PIPE INVERT AT OR BELOW ORIGINAL GROUND ORIGINAL GROUND Finished surface 0.500 0.500 Subgrade Rock fill •'• "e' ` • 1 For pipe culvert frost treatment 30•0mm �, •..• .. • 1.5 Typ Note 4 min, Typ ' n Notes LEGEND: 0 - 1.5 Typ D — Inside diameter Cover material ..•__"• .•::';•:, . 1 1 OD— Outside diameter NOTES: ,.ff �i"•i` '`,: $i it".' -. , Compacted bedding Rock fill surface shall be =':. .•,.t.: •i:-r-..•.: material 1 Height of fill is measured from chinked prior to placing 0.5 00 Bedding grade the finished surface to top of pipe. geotextile and bedding Note 2 0.6 00, Note 3 CLEARANCE TABLE 2 The minimum bedding depth below Pipe the pipe shall be 0.15D, except on a rock foundation Inside Diameter Clearance PIPE BEDDING AND COVER mm where the minimum bedding depth shall be 0.250. WITH ROCK FILL UNDER AND OVER THE PIPE mm In no case shall the minimum dimension be less 900 or less 300 than 150mm or greater than 300mm. 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped Over 900 500 to receive the bottom of the pipe. 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 'Rev 13 .".-sr---- 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical / -' - about centreline of pipe. RIGID PIPE BEDDING AND COVER : yi' 6 Bedding and cover material shall be wrapped in non—woven geotextile when specified. IN EMBANKMENT c .,_____:::: A All dimensions are in metres ORIGINAL GROUND: EARTH OR ROCK OPSD 802.034 unless otherwise shown. 4128 See 0I table li e r 33 .3322�_ 1 18 ' IA 1905T 1905 q 1 d ark (11�� - c. OA i 410 ! 4t1) I ll 11 i 41' T yf8 6 _ _ j=÷___- - SPLICE BOLT AND NUT SPLICE BOLT LENGTH LOCATION LENGTH 16-23 x 29mm 3-19 x 63mm 108 1084N__51 A slotted holes ELEVATION slotted holes At posts 32 _-i 27 r725 Atanstructure 38 hor \/ h- 565 r160- Splice I bolt and nut I ' Post bolt and nut withTyp Q in washer as specified _1 N on assembly drawings �- Note 2 OPSD 912.130, I I i .4) N/ _ 912.140, and 912.141 Note 1 • .., 1 108 108 521I __ - T - " o —41— PLAN o N A 4-23 x 29mm I I i o 0 __j .. slotted holes C\I E172 -1111 . ARRANGEMENT AT POST En Z1 Q - I := M WOODEN POST SHOWN N NOTES: \/\° 0 I 1 Base metal thickness of rail shall be Note 2 ___t 2.67mm nominal and 2.44mm minimum. 2 Holes only in rail. - _' A A All dimensions subject to manufacturing tolerances ELEVATION unless otherwise indicated. N`^6 N TERMINAL SECTION B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. o: . ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2010 I Rev I2 r� 81 2 GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM 83 ENLARGED SECTION A—A RAIL V)) COMPONENT OPSD 912. 101 um — or N ow r — Mr M 1111 SU — Sr — 8111 OS ON — SS r — — MI OM OM — — MI — e MB 1 NS — OM r i — -,-T--r-I-T--.-r T-rT r1-k--T-1--r---rfi1- A PLAN I 4128 - 159 }� 1905 I 1905 1 159 R8 if 108 -.-+-.- I�- 108 -j I f 108-.-+-4- 108 - I Note 1 -+ L I N _E[D- _ - -4:4_, --t=6)--EID- - N ' - _. .j ..„--- . -1 i 1 . .._ 8-19 x 29mm 3-19 x 63mm �-Varies 318-368mm-•-1 -d /- A slotted holes slotted holes Swaged 54 ELEVATION SECTION A–A See I table (13 r 333� r 322�.i hill I aa1 1 Mari mt �11 rn if� _ �1 - =_z = . 3---� -�86 �' i PLAN SPLICE BOLT AND NUT ------- a �_:_:- SPLICE BOLT LENGTH - GOB ,p, I - �I Splice bolt LOCATION LENGTH :p: �;10_. and nut, Typ -------- —Z A /..,- 1- • At posts 32 < 1 Traffic flow At structures 64 B ELEVATION SECTION B–B OVERLAP DETAIL NOTES: ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 Rev I 2 sr 1 Base metal thickness of channel i� shall be 4.0mm nominal and GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM (• ' 3.8mm minimum. i, A All dimensions are in millimetres CHANNEL `% _• •� unless otherwise shown. COMPONENT OPSD 912. 102 I 83I i,g4.% I) Self—hanging finger I A for steel post MIP i Self—aligning side rails for steel post, Typ I CatQl- II M I Tab support for steel beam guide rail— .4 '‘c.‘ I KING OFFSET BLOCK NOTE 1 Self—hanging finger Self—hanging finger for steel post for steel post 757 7S? ��. I /r 40L. 2. [ 1 11 [ 1I 0 M M Al I > > Z I MONDO OFFSET BLOCK P-BLOCK I NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTES: I 1 The component depicted is proprietary 3 The component depicted is proprietary to Trinity Industries, Inc. to R.G. Steel Corp. 2 The component depicted is proprietary A All dimensions are in millimetres to Mondo Polymer Technologies. unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev I 2 do 6sr,14(0) 1 GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM ' ): PLASTIC OFFSET BLOCKS '',„,y_f, I COMPONENT OPSD 912. 103 I Mil ON MN M MN U MB MI OW 1111110 OM OM Mi ON NS M S UM .11111 1905 I 1905 --1 POST BOLT I---- 1905 I 1905 --I 30mm, Typ I Post Bolt Washer --I 30mm, Typ 1 1 rfl Steel post, Typc and Type ® Nut f Channel Offset block, Typ 16x250 BH Plate '-f- I � I I © 16x100 Ca Plate Guide rail- Guide rail PLAN PLAN Shoulder Rounding Lap in direction Shoulder Rounding Lap in direction of traffic flow - I of traffic flow Note 1, Typ mElin IIIP 0 Q - alt=ltr at. o .„ .ro _ +t9:;: _ox,;••,: d «::i:.! C Traffic flow ''ti? ':e\:�i. d �d i ' , .,•a^!. . 'r,i..i . t..r C Traffic flow M `iA ; 4:t' O ELEVATION SIDE VIEW ELEVATION SIDE VIEW SINGLE RAIL SINGLE RAIL WITH CHANNEL NOTES: 1 Washer shall not be installed at front face of rail. One bolt located at centre of steel beam guide rail. A This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD 912.101, 912.102, 912.103, and 912.104. B Steel beam guide rail mounting ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev I 3 , sr-- heights r heights shall be as specified. GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM C All dimensions are in millimetresunless otherwise shown. STEEL POST WITH OFFSET AT/ , BLOCK ASSEMBLY - INSTALLATION — SINGLE RAIL OPSD 912. 130 ' 1 10 x 130 x 1084mm 1~� 1 steel plate ___ - -_ 1 1534 -I I ' ' ' I I I I I PLAN F 1559 -I to 900 475 59 B PLAN —75 180---1 -3 515A r* 1,108 L108 1081 —51 1084 Ir 147 159 ,2 0 0 100--18095130 _185--I 51330 108 108 1_515 108 108 k_51 1 3 32mm dio holes 0 0 0 0 3-32mm dia holes59-1 Note 2 A y �B 110-19 x 29mm 2-19 x 63mm ELEVATION slotted holes slotted holes ANCHORAGE BACKUP RAIL ELEVATION 1---10 Rail CHANNEL „� — — csi� _ il -Steel plate IF 1595 I +I , ^ ,4M PLAN i .Steel L 1 channel 410—- 515 475 - 159 - 54 I-- 25 75 180 , 130 75, 108 108 SECTION A-A 36 I 440 r •• F51 SECTION B-B -I _ A r* 0 O 13 x 50 x 460mm NOTES: See Steel Bearing Plate Detail 0 0 Note 1 *i a—0- - - - - 1 End sections shall be welded with 2.5mm fillets and standard 3-32mm dia holes guide rail element materials shall be used. 0 0 2 Channel with swaged end shall be used at structure approach A I-÷ and non-swaged end section shall be used at structure exit. 2.5Pj ELEVATION A All welds shall be according to CSA W59, low hydrogen classification, and ground smooth. ANCHORAGE FRONT RAIL B This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD 912.101 • on 1% and 912.102. 1— Steel bearing plate C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. , M II ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2010 I Rev I 1 T�0) % Anchorage front roil isrp �� GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM V.7). STRUCTURE CONNECTION :_._______,:y. STEEL BEARING PLATE DETAIL COMPONENT - RAIL AND CHANNEL OPSD 912.401 - - um MS OM r r an — MS — M ■S r — — — — 111111 — it NMI UN r MS — r MI MI OM r NI IN M `r all N a Guide roil transition Traffic flow One steel beam element Vertical transition, Note 1 C Post spacing ±5mm Two steel beam elements I-- 1400 —1 1400 — —475 1.905m standard post spacing —.- 135mm I 135mm 950 min 1 mi I�I.J—� n _ _ _ Note wilm- : E-sboigniritaili.. . _ _ � Top of pavt elevation ■— -- LEAVING END APPROACH END ELEVATION Note 2 Note 3 3-100x150x2Omm thick Structure nr1eGoon 159 galvanized washers and connection rail Embedded c° Structure 2 lock nuts 6—M22x70mm longsippA/ plate anchor, °p a°d 4�5connection rail4 2—A490M nuts A325M gals boltsOPSD 3419.100 oPPN° 5n°r,n • with galv washers structure 380 post 5 1 •!•1 6—M22—A490M bolts or threaded rod �, 5 135 Vlo°der' Noter I of equivalent strength in 25mm dia o �� : 00 fg' E I holes, drawn tight. Bolt length shall E t° r) i ,, 00180 E N "� , include wall thickness plus 75mm o o ,, �• �o1 0 0 (o Z Steel �, / • o o) 2(0 ° Steel A plate ;. plate 4.6mm thick galvanized washers ' .� and 2 lock nuts EMBEDDED ANCHORAGE 4// ' 100 NOTES: EXISTING CONCRETE BARRIER NEW CONCRETE BARRIER /, 1 Horizontal and vertical transitions apply • OP/4 ,/ °/ Structure i to structure approach and leaving end !;';°°i 'd n +� curb with gutter termination. connection rail7= 1i�ff° ° 2 Channel post bolt at offset blocks to be M22—A490M bolt :., .- 510mm long. End of bolts to be saw cut, A490M washer •`= ' flush with face of nut. Typical structure 3 When channel is to be discontinued, BOLT THROUGH Concrete barrier shown a 7.62m termination shall ANCHORAGE DETAIL commence at the third beam element joint beyond the end of approach slab. A This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD 912.130, 912.140, 4 Steel beam guide rail and channel 912.401, and 912.530. to be field drilled to suit. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. Coat holes and bolt heads with approved zinc rich paint. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2010 Rev 13s , 5 Wooden or steel posts as specified. /13i�� '- 6 6 If curb or sidewalk in front of the barrier wall is 300mm or GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM �, greater in width, the mounting • height shall be measured vertically STRUCTURE CONNECTION OPSD 912 430 to the topof the concrete surface. . I Steel Beam Guide Rail Installation on Curve Post SBGR SBGR Curve Radius, m, Note 4 Object Free Zone 111 Spaces Elements 0=70' 0=90' 0=110' L, m W, m 2 1 3.19 2.44 N/A 7.50 4.50 c 4 2 6.24 4.85 3.96 10.00 4.50 0I 6 3 9.36 7.28 5.95 12.50 6.00 ` d c Q o E E 8 4 12.47 9.70 7.94 15.00 6.00 �;;. v In rn NOTES: N E ° N t C oiII 1 Posts shall be breakway wooden post 0 to©shown on \II o cc w °' OPSD 922.430. Guide rail shall be bolted to offset block .. 0, o S cl cl and post with a 16mm bolt and no washer. w N ro 0 o_ 2 Post shall be breakaway wooden post O3 to©shown on c+ c rno OPSD 922.430. Guide rail at this post shall be held in position with o 0 a metal shelf angle detailed on OPSD 922.410. On larger radii with 'c a II two or more SBGR elements, guide rail shall be bolted to the posts o O with a 16mm bolt with no offset block and no washer. v cZ3 Post located at end of radius shall be as per post 10 and 20 with W Ei post anchor tube and soil plate according to OPSD 922.430. c oN4 SBGR shall be shop bent to the specified radius. E . pI5 Nominal 1OOx10Omm wooden sign posts are acceptable within a 41) tal c the zone. wUA Area behind guide roil shall be 3H:1V or flatter. Z B For installations without structure connection, a 15m minimum to Qlength of guide rail is required on the leaving end beyond 0 I the end of radius. End is to be anchored by SBEAT or .. Z z W leaving end terminal. I C Steel beam guide rail mounting heights shall be as specified. W o QD All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. .r C L M > Object free zone ! III see table, Note 5 //it a) —f— 15°) \ I U I L Standard 190x190mm wooden posts il 01 0 r 3 and offset blocks See table '��' Note 2 l Note 3 v Curb with gutter when specified— 7620mm channel and curb with I o —I Edge of driving lane gutter transition when specified main highway 7 _ L OPSD 912.430 PLAN 1 SBGR with chonnel mounting height SBGR mounting height transition, ! OPSD 912.380 SBGR mounting heightI ID D D p T T albp nl I r i Lture connection, L Cable assembly, SBGR cable attachment, and SBGR, OPSD 912.430 ELEVATION OPSD 922.402 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2008 I Rev 12 . , 1 ice• : GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM INSTALLATION — ENTRANCES Vy• 4c), _. AND INTERSECTING ROADWAYS OPSD 912.531 1 11111111 — M V me amemme me011111 NB MI IMI IIIII. NO MI OM alli MSKT impact head Note 1 I ■ ■ Irl III III j , - - - ' ,,=4 — 0.3m Note 2 Flare, Note 3 10.5m, included with calculated length of need I Edge of shoulder PLAN => Traffic flow 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Type M SBGR 15m MASH Sequential Kinking Terminal (MSKT) System length, Note 2 Note 3 Type M rails, OPSD 912.125 2858 3810 785 I I Cable anchor 785 I bracket lc 33 LI 1-1 p n �� 0 • - O 9 �_i I.I 1 N 1=�3 I N �[.j'j 1.1 �-i, �I u u G u -150mm x I 150mm x 3mm } upper post \-Top of Rail splice Cable shoulder , Note 5, Typ anchor N_Soil _ r assembly plate 1905mm, Typ I -1829mm Iona steel Type M20 posts wlth offset Strut blocks OPSD 912.127 0 to NOTES: ELEVATION Lower hinged steel posts, see Table 1 1 This OPSD shows right shoulder installation. The MSKT shall be inverted for left shoulder installation. 2 The system length shall be installed in a straight line at a 50:1 • flare rate or parallel to roadway when specified 3 Type M SBGR includes Type M20 and Type M30. 4 Imperial size steel sections referenced. Table 1 5 This OPSD shows right shoulder approach end installation with rail element Hinged Steel End Posts, Note 4 splices lapped in direction of traffic. For leaving end installation, rail element Post 1 2 splices shall be lapped in direction of traffic. Lower w6x15 w6x9 A Delineation shall be according to OPSD 984.201 and 984.202. 1.8m long 1.8m long B The system depicted here is a proprietary product. C System configuration meets ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 Rev 1 -�� AASHTO MASH TL-3. D This OPSD shall be read in ENERGY ATTENUATOR, END TREATMENT WI conjunction with OPSD 202.031 STEEL BEAM ENERGY ATTENUATING TERMINALor 202.032 as specified. MASH SEQUENTIAL KINKING ,� - ' E All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. TERMINAL SYSTEM — INSTALLATION OPSD 922. 1 86 . 1 I rnb'Y r { • 4556 ) veld I a� f�Ydron / rC �co� I �,errnljote k I 1 Y P' on Note 3 1 ctile° t°{1on, I II °oter� ;n 5t s 411114;130 �� .-i0 � Te5t / P II de, 1Y �"IVINot611 I\ able� ► Bondciii VP, ' II � Z �j� , Note valve /l6 fitting Tee II , , -- 40 ' *if-— mi 4141 �_ ? (( iron ,/ ft °tile °in 5{oP rnP �°{erg Terminal panel b t clo �' 2_3 cnd Po5 J d . 5e�JIG,,ce toP 1 y5 �4 o I GO)"het°IIIc r°tions %\��E0 i corp° WIRE FROM ANODE NEGATIVE WIRES FROM WATERMAIN I WIRING DETAIL IN TEST STATION NOTES: 1 Anode shall be placed at least 1.0m away from the water system pipe and appurtenances and as deep as the bottom of the pipe and appurtenances. Minimum distance between anodes shall be 1.0m. 2 Anode connecting wires shall be loosely wrapped around pipes and fittings and knotted. 3 The test station shall be set flush with the final grade as shown or post—mounted. 4 Protective coating shall be applied to all thermite welds. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 125�` I CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR ' ' " METALLIC - I WATERMAIN SYSTEMS OPSD 1109.010 I I • A Insulation 1Pipe I fai im q. 1 ................. .. .,„, ,,,v, vv*, I 1"÷A PLAN IProfile grade—\ Subgrade I Trench width Embedment, bedding, cover, IIv and backfill material, Note 2 o / U / �. O Insulation, Note 1 0, m o J ellelnealellaRM 1 1— T F/ to II T 0 I 3: 1015oj 7 • T = thickness of insulation " Embedment, bedding, cover, �� and backfill material, Note 2 1 SECTION A—A NOTES: TYPICAL PIPE INSULATION DETAIL Ii The insulation material shall be extruded polystyrene according to OPSS 1605 with a minimum compressive strength of 275 kPa. 2 Pipe embedment or bedding, cover, and backfill shall be according to: a) Flexible OPSD 802.010, 802.013, 802.020, and 802.023. I b) Rigid — OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033, 802.050, 802.051, 802.052, and 802.053. A Minimum insulation thickness shall be 50mm. B Joints shall be staggered for multiple insulation sheets. C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 1 0 sr yk , INSULATION FOR 1 SEWERS AND WATERMAINS °''°lL-./ TRENCHES IN SHALLOWOPSD 1109.030 I . I Pipe 219.1 OD x 8.18mm 1 togII.AAknllHuN\ I '>_i 1i.' M == Typ MAIr Notch to suit 6 20mm square Curb line bars I PLAN I — 15mm slope Top of asphalt — 2-20mm sq bars Notch to suit around drain wearing surface x 230mm long 20mm square 111Curb face bars 300TyPm 1 Typ> 6V 3030 • V I N it% 1r O II I I A I1 Q 'd• •i i 'q I I' d.' A A 1-- 0 2. I a , / 2 d .. . a Qt, , •d O e°. d.a. :d G J 45° I % 111 M20x208mm longo i./ • , anchor studs i , '' I > 2 per drain I 2-20x4Omm slotted holes \ 45°elbow outlet Both sides \/ Note 1 I SECTION A-A DRAIN I NOTES: 1 Length and shape of downspout as specified. I A Drains shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication according to ASTM A 123. B Anchor studs shall be attached using fusion weld process. C Pipe shall be according to ASTM A 53M, Grade B. I D All welding shall be of a low hydrogen classification and according to CSA W59. E All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 12 .�•. 1 DECK • � DRAINS q/,_ I WITH DOWNSPOUT OPSD 3340. 100 I 1 • I Pipe 219.1 OD x 8.18mm I Notch to suit q 20mm bars -- Typ 6 ro.; i o At o ''=I ?A INIWf ii- 1 2-20mm sq bars Curb line ti - M20x208mm long anchor studs 2 per drain \ 45° IPLAN ♦ To of asphalt wearingsurface Typ 30 30 Top p 6 2-20x40mm I 300mm, Typ 15mm slope around drain slotted holes Curb 1 A/ Both sides Note 1 face d a 4 ;: o pp ,, Notch to suit \� �1, N �k \2Omm bars '`, IP: )..] 4N 4 : 11S• • .4 • • • ... :11 I 1 ,�4j a� .d . • d.a 4.. a \1 .:`. ' .40 1 1 ° . z I •d • a. . : d • ' 4 I :• 'a 4 4 • A'4 • • • 4 1 4 ° dfZs 0 41) 'N, \ d . a I I 1 I a' ISECTION A—A DRAIN NOTES: 1 1 Placement and length of downspout as specified. A Drains shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication according to ASTM A 123. B Anchor studs shall be attached using fusion weld process. I C Pipe shall be according to ASTM A 53M, Grade B. D All welding shall be of a low hydrogen classification and according to CSA W59. E All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I 2 9-4,‘ DECK Vi I DRAINS tAk.- WITH SLOPED DOWNSPOUT OPSD 3340. 102 I 100mm dia recess x I Waterproofing 25mm deep, Note 1 _ Asphalt 75mm max Ac Drain Drain 7 I IlA rm7 Ar Ayr r �� A_a e.. a 7 . °' • • • • e: , I °. : "Existing deck - a.. . • a ix' 111 At r Drain Drain—\ jA j •• 41• • : • : :f ''' .I y it i, - . • 7-, 4 . . ..4 TOP DECK PLAN o ' Core drill 60mm o ; ; hole and fill with grout 1 Existing TExpn joint , 1 Drainage tube deck End dam Mechanical joint Coupler clamp for 40mm ID e"-1/ Drain extension riiiiiiiiiiiiiA e ; iii PVC drain Note 1 Bearing :a ;' p - seat Drainage tube l . :a'"a• iCoupler . o Drain :° i - Galvanized • • '• °• • extension Galvanized eye socket ; : I a steel band .. . End °:• �. .a -. diaphragm a • hanger • . . "' II 12mm NC S galvanized .4. : .. Soffit 71 . • ° • threaded bar e 16mm dia x 150mm •, • • • deep hole. Bar shall • a,• •� � • be grouted in place :•: • 40mm ID PVC drain See Drainage Tube Support Details using epoxy resin • system. 300 -I I I SECTION A-A NOTES: DRAINAGE TUBE SUPPORT DETAILS 1 Top of drain shall be installed flush with top of concrete deck. Coupler and drain I extension shall be installed after removal of any deck formwork. All metal parts shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 123, A Drains and accessories shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor, PVC drainage tubes shall be rigid type. B Drainage tubes shall be placed at low points of the bridge deck to prevent ponding of water. C No waterproofing compound shall be allowed to seal the drainage tubes. Drainage tubes shall be cleaned out prior to placing asphalt. D Drain extension shall be securely fastened to substructure as shown. E Drainage tubes shall be straight and shall be positioned to avoid any interference with beams, end diaphragms, stressing cables, voids, and to prevent discharge onto bearing seats of piers or abutments. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 ip�� 1 DECK, DRAINS � ' DRAINAGE OF EXISTING DECK 4k_ ' I BELOW ASPHALT WEARING SURFACE OPSD 3349. 101 I I A I b b ♦' b Ili - 460mm I i I Typ _ I lS15M -� SS S15M 3000mm long B o S15M C S15M C o c S15M UBOt. 0 co I o M S15M U Top o' i —, i — ——�—— -- — t— o MF— \J , — Outside face o co I O of deck slab in For anchorage �a �, R530 I see OPSD 2215.02 250mm depth — 1500 A PLAN IBarrier wall not shown CE Anchorage and conduit I300 310 , This surface to be steel „--- `�;. Ifloat finished level Const joint 0 leioin I I Wu" •••• : •di —..*:..3 I ...di, 11111 I I I 1 11111 I 0 1111°70r1°.- 0 /Oj'�" O.. I —_ O-- . o IIJ I __1.,- i �O void' o 0 50mm ±10mm 1 Ir1711""KWIL clear cover S15M C I SECTION A—A S15M U NOTES: S15M A Reinforcing steel for deck and barrier wall not shown. S15M 3000mm long B Cover to reinforcing steel 70mm ±20mm, except as noted. I C Stainless steel bars shall be Type 316LN or Duplex 2205 with a minimum yield strength of 500 MPa. D Read in conjunction with bridge electrical details. E Anchorage based on 4-32mm dia studs on 406mm bolt circle diameter. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Apr 2016 I Rev 12Sr , ice : DECK tl "#3) I LIGHT POLE BASES -cRe STRUCTURES WITH BARRIER WALLS OPSD 3360. 100 I 1 A I b b ♦' b ti - F LS15M 15M C I S S E S15MC a C E I o- 2—S15M U M S15M 3000mm long '') E Top and Bot 00 I - - _--I-- -- - I r71— ti — Outside face I o N of deck slab COco in For anchorage III see OPSD 2215.02 3 CG; OP R530 I 250mm depth 1500 A PLAN Parapet wall not shownI Q Anchorage and conduit 300 310 . I - i I I This surface to be steel S15M U float finished level I . 1 I.� o. • 1 . #, f ihu11 i 1 finii .s.l• al... -... i . mu I ..h.:, nui o ' . ,I� , . o ,III t ., .i..• V2 I r7 1 II'� `�'II . I ‘ ' 4..• . . ��I'ot1AUf o 50mm f 10mm I 1 clear cover S15M C —S15M U NOTES: SECTION A—A S15M C A Reinforcing steel for deck and barrier wall not shown. S15M 3000mm long B Cover to reinforcing steel 70mm ±20mm, except as noted. C Stainless steel bars shall be Type 316LN or Duplex 2205 with a minimum yield strength of 500 MPa. D Read in conjunction with bridge electrical details. E Anchorage based on 4-32mm dia studs on 406mm bolt circle diameter. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Apr 2016 'RevI 2 DECK `�� c LIGHT POLE BASES 4L_ I STRUCTURES WITH PARAPET WALLS OPSD 3360.200 I MB r = S MN US V — — N MI MI I■r OM V MI NM Mr all A B Note 2 SurfaceSurface 41 Surface— 41 o Protection— Bridge course 1 Bridge course 1 course N --I r 20 board curb „/-1 curb /1-1 .7 �, �� /�i� / - E Note 5 Note 5 , .�xxxx.��xxxxxx. ..xxxxxx.....xx..xxxxvQ& / A—A B—B \ 1 Note 5 SECTIONS WITH CHASE 41 : Existing joint filler. If not present, Surface Surface A B E:: joint filler Type A to be installed Bridge course 1 Bridge course Waterproofing in o to plug gap. curb curb 1 membrane N Z /,,, reinforcement i iii SECTION AT JOINTS Note 5 + / EXCEPT AT EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLIES K -- -Note 5 A—A B—B Protection Expansion joint 300mm min SECTIONS WITHOUT CHASE board assembly Typ Note 31 Note 3 1Note 4, Typ Expansion joint Placing tolerance Hot mix assembly 3mm ±1mm, Typ VAbTT iii° I% J %p .•:! a /!.. Note 5 ° • Al ° . i. . d TYP 4 e . ° ' I V � . 300mm min . Ballast wall— I I ° f I O I d I f Bridge deck i I Approach slab - Bridge deck --I I—Approach slab SECTION AT EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLY SECTION AT EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLY INSTALLED BEFORE PAVING INSTALLED AFTER PAVING NOTES: 1 Existing joint filler to be removed as shown. Depth may vary when removing a neoprene joint filler at expansion joint. 2 Saw cut groove in pavement to be centred over joint and filled with hot—poured rubberized asphalt joint sealing compound. 3 5mm ±1mm thickness of asphalt to be tapered to zero in a distance not less than 1.0m from concrete dams. 4 20mm wide full depth saw cut groove in hot mix asphalt to be filled with hot—poured rubberized asphalt joint sealing compound. 5 5mm ±1mm hot applied asphalt membrane. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2008 I Rev I 2 A Joint filler Type A as specified. DECK, WATERPROOFING ‘1-11. B All dimensions are in millimetres '' H unless otherwise shown. HOT APPLIED ASPHALT MEMBRANE WITH PROTECTION BOARD OPSD 3370. 100 20x2Omm saw cut groove filled 10x2Omm deep groove to be saw cut and with hot—poured rubberized asphalt filled with waterproofing membrane joint sealing compound rJfA ("V744 r/Xc 6 Concrete •••• '. . . . Concrete ingENOWNBRIMW •A • . . a overlay :. overlay .• - Crack or joint . '. a ; : : . :• . Bridge deck : a' . ' - p.' • 300 ••••.• Note 1 Joint 11 •• ,''.�" Bridge deck, Approach slab ,• Bridge deck • : '. • JOINT IN CONCRETE OVERLAY JOINT BETWEEN BRIDGE DECK JOINT OR ACTIVE WIDE CRACK DIRECTLY ABOVE JOINT AND APPROACH SLAB IN BRIDGE DECK IN BRIDGE DECK WITH CONCRETE OVERLAY Waterproofing membrane 20x2Omm saw cut groove filled with reinforcement, Typ hot—poured rubberized asphalt joint ,�� 7/ ./// Surface course ''//-'''' sealing compound %ZZA. ��".,,x,4.40, A Typ ��_:r_lL?/�� %��////� Concrete Waterproofing ,:'.' .•% :.4 , •• overlay •. •• membrane, Typ ;' • 300 • 1 . : • :: Bridge deck a- .: . A Concrete :'..t o Granular Jointimpinn• .• . Bridge deck; 'ApproacFh slab • deck ' 1 r) backfill NO JOINT IN CONCRETE OVERLAY JOINT BETWEEN BRIDGE DECK JOINT IN BRIDGE DECK AND APPROACH SLAB JOINT BETWEEN CONCRETE DECK WITHOUT CONCRETE OVERLAY AND GRANULAR BACKFILL f/�-- //��/ NOTES: / "' =��/ � 1 Cracks in concrete to be repaired as specified. Concrete Ellia A This OPSD is to be read in conjunction with OPSD 3370.100. overlay '.a B Protection board is not shown for clarity. Joint A Bridge deck : C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2008 1 Rev 12 -.--S1*--- , JOINT IN CONCRETE OVERLAY �� NO JOINT IN BRIDGE DECK DECK, WATERPROOFING (' 1.17.41 111•HOT APPLIED ASPHALT MEMBRANE ��AT ACTIVE CRACKS GREATER THAN 2mm - WIDE AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS OPSD 3370. 101 I• me s — OM n all O r — Si r MS WM — I MI I' MB I M I = MI US MN O MI NO B I N NS all MB S IIIIIIII i11111 L____i_...__t______.j L..............„,______r_i_ . L________L_________j I Drip channel, Typ Note 1 i Note 1 Note 1 SECTION iik Reinforcing steel Construction '.. joint v 40mm min 40 � : -•, I 150 concrete cover 20 Tilir Construction N g0 joint 40 See Drip Channel 250mm Detail or less See Drip Channel Note 1 Detail k- Greater than 250mm LOCATION OF DRIP CHANNEL WITH CONSTRUCTION JOINT DRIP CHANNEL DETAIL NOTES: 1 This dimension shall be 150mm, unless a vertical construction joint is within 250mm of the edge of structure, as shown. A Drip channel detail applies to all ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev I 2sr types of concrete deck slabs. '.�� B Drip channel shall be continuous DECK along soffit. f,03) C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. DRIP CHANNEL OPSD 3390. 1 00 I A 41 1-.— End face of Anchorage to be flush I barrier wall with front face Embedded plate e :•' • anchor, see detail Steel beam guide I rail assembly • '.•'; Z 1.. 180 1130 1135 PLOW6-M22x70mm Ig 1.1.-777-'.. I `= A325M galv bolts : • , • • with galv washers �"- I• In o I 11111111111111 § a) Steel channel _-117. :1.!•, Iiiiiiftlitio +% • assembly "�- cco Z 11-•;....;. 1 I 1 Top of asphalt . 1///////71 irr ' Ie . I ELEVATION SECTION A—A 370 Drill 24mm dia hole I PL 20x200x370mm 3 places 30 1 100 100 110 1 galv steel o I �� 0 I 111111111111111.111E1111111111111Grade 300W in+ h 30 a o = I I IN as + 30 'w— -'I, I _ED at __sa 180 130 Typ 11120mm 3-Ferrules for M22 galv bolt 3 in-line with 24mm dia hole Typ 130mm 8-M20x150mm long Typ shear studs I NOTES: EMBEDDED PLATE ANCHOR DETAIL 1 If curb or sidewalk in front of the barrier wall is 300mm or greater in width, the mounting height shall be measured vertically to the top of the concrete surface. 1 A This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD 912.401 and 912.430. B Steel according to CSA G40.21, Grade 300W. C Studs to be welded using fusion weld process. I D Welding shall be of a low hydrogen classification according to CSA W59 with E480xx electrodes. E Anchor to be hot dip galvanized after fabrication according to CAN/CSA G164. I F All bolts shall be liberally coated with antiseize compound meeting US Military Specification MIL—A-907D. G All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2010 I Rev I 1sem` I BARRIERS AND RAILINGS : :i STEEL BEAM , GUIDE RAIL AND CHANNEL ANCHORAGE OPSD 3419. 100 1 1 100 - I � P g =I 1 0 I I I= � I • af=1 I SECTION A—A 19mm diamm 12.5mm thick anchor bolt, T p [ lwood template //` 1 ICED! 1I1" -I li Surface of , concrete I 4 1 0 I� ro �� 11mm dia wire struts I I I I 1 1-1-----1-. I i - f tor M 150 — _ M ..o _ - 150 1 I 0 �c o^ •-•.0I IU I 1 _ I 1 I 6mm dia wire strut 1 U . I ELEVATION I NOTES: A Wire struts shall be SAE 1030 steel. Coils shall be SAE 1018 steel. B Anchor bolts and hardened steel washers shall be according to ASTM A 325. IC All welding shall be according to CSA W59. D The complete anchorage assembly including bolts, nuts, and washers shall be hot dip galvanized according to CAN/CSA G164M. I E Bolts shall be given a liberal coating of white non—staining grease. F A plywood setting template shall be provided for accurate positioning of anchorage within the concrete form. G All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2010 I Rev I 1 /sr , BARRIERS AND RAILINGS 70'1. I STEEL - � DOUBLE RAILING ANCHORAGE OPSD 3419. 155 I • I I Pipe 168.3 OD x 7.11 1 70,41,0wic „,0\ A\ r9) i i i _ A I M - I I Typ 7.2...� Notch to suit I620mm square Curb line bars I Notch to suit I Curb face Top of asphalt 2-20mm sq bars 20mm square wearing surface x 160mm long bars 15mm slope 300mm Typ 6 3030 [around drain I I Typ I 1 7 `I •• 1 J `n' Its —— I ' '' _0 ' 0_ 4W A Le:,p._ _ _ • 0 • �, 0 a T- w., 'I=II 1.. 1 E1 1., • M 0 e �. 1 0 0 / a� I . 0 -‹-• ZI I NZ A. -c � 1 • ✓ v 1 I J1 > � /(� 1 173 0 ',\ I \ M20x208mm Ig C \ >I anchor studs - iJ I ' 2 per drain 2_20x40mm slotted holes \ Both sides \ 45°elbow outlet I A as required \/ Note 1 DRAIN DETAILS I NOTES: I 1 Length and shape of downspout as specified A Drains shall be hot—dip galvanized according to CSA—G164, after fabrication I B Anchor studs shall be attached using fusion weld process. C Pipe shall be according to ASTM—A53M, Grade B. D All welding shall be of a low hydrogen classification and conform to CSA Standard I W59. E All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1992 12 15 Rev 111 DECK MODIFIED DRAIN OPSD - 3340. 100 I WITH DOWNSPOUT OPSD - 3902.01 - I - 11 .., -.4. . •••••••••••••• . .- . 44,.44.»» 4.0641••• Y3 4 4 I. I I ....re..4.1.......41106milimr_ ,,,, __ ,.. . 1 .„ , 0 kv. R win . ::: Hi low #.>7' - • 1 f till 11 • :"Rc • roof # • .l E i riR �1___-.'/ r - it _ : . iig I �i;►n • I , I . ,:immus ,. i 001 it A 1 1a�1 l ro • fig;} - liii E i • 4 well I� - - = ai ;ft ligg4 ' ' `, = 1 , lutto • �2sDi f L . . , I 111 po6ssm,„ II 1 1 iII x : L. 111 :. ? r :i i •t • ! ar_h s sig t 1 ;$ f ■i i3 R�t . s; iii WOWNWMnin ::, c I .'..uiuu moi• - _ ' 11/0! i .�: - 1. !1'4;16 I: I ' 1 1r;. _li "3$l li 9 i �, i 111111411 a f 11 F 1 il l't 1 q• . III 0 .11 jib , '_ ,� ;i �}} _1 lx Ili SI 1 iiif � =i f =; e o 1 • ill 'i I:I,_ II !iiIiI • 4� ; I. IIII' J 111111!!IIi!! ii •4 • gl ii � JiIiI i 2 1 01 J i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 � APPENDIX A � PROPOSED TEMPORARY WATER CONNECTIONS 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 =a ,N mak% I I 1611111iiiir..._ f , I Temporary Water Connection on Main. Location to be confirmed. :4` C Water Service to be Maintained e r' with Temporary Watermain „° e �1 I • Ir Water Service to be Maintained r with Temporary Watermain I ,n is 'e g µ ti a ,iZ ' ' '1" cj I Temporary Water Connection at Valve �t. Legend r } x ,k WATERMAIN Ff I WATER SERVICE t::::: 7.44, • WATER CURBSTOP '44-:;•1;-'1, -V'` -II- HYDRANT Water Service to be Maintained ® WATER VALVE I with Temporary Watermain. To be confirmed actual connection point in relation to the valve. May not need Ito be connected to temporary watermain. • f, I 1 i Municipality of KincardineDATE PROJECT No. 111411 BMROSS Structure 2201 JAN. 17,2020 BR236B engineering better communities Kincardine SCALE FIGURE No. ITemporary Water Connections 1:2,000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 w - M - N i - - a M I 1 MI = MI ! NE MI UM